Treat “instead” strings as docstrings
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobc571ca91773a9e081f3f43fede2851a490683b0c
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21855 577
100 ;;;;;; 357945 168000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21942 1330 829986
112 ;;;;;; 820000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21895 57521
242 ;;;;;; 590301 332000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21948 40114 174686 453000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21907 48688 645360 195000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21855
841 ;;;;;; 576 417950 874000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21948 40114 314686
900 ;;;;;; 453000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21880 42526 275119
1019 ;;;;;; 615000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21905 6960 85493 11000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153 ;;;***
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21878 48426 204093
1156 ;;;;;; 508000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1245 ;;;***
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1248 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1381 Arrows
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452 ;;;***
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1455 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1480 ;;;***
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1483 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493 ;;;***
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1496 ;;;;;; 725000))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1557 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1565 ;;;***
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1568 ;;;;;; 725000))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604 ;;;***
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1607 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1617 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1618 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1621 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1622 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1623 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1624 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1631 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1632 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1633 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1634 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1637 directory or directories specified.
1639 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1640 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1641 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1642 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1643 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1644 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1649 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1650 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1651 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1652 should be non-nil).
1654 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21928 54832 51662
1659 ;;;;;; 924000))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745 ;;;***
1747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1748 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1751 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1752 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1754 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1759 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1760 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1761 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1764 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1765 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767 Effects of the different modes:
1768 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1769 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1770 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1771 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1772 a random distance & direction.
1773 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1774 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1775 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1778 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1779 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783 ;;;***
1785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1786 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1792 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1795 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1796 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1805 ;;;;;; 568000))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838 ;;;***
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21948 40114
1878 ;;;;;; 506686 453000))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917 Special information:
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967 ;;;***
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1978 ;;;***
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1981 ;;;;;; 720000))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003 ;;;***
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2006 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013 What is blackbox?
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2022 Overview of play:
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044 Details:
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2126 ;;;;;; 676000))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;***
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2320 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2366 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2370 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2371 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2377 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2379 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2387 says which browser to use.
2389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2392 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2393 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2394 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2401 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2409 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2410 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2422 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2424 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2425 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2426 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2427 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2430 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2431 new tab in an existing window instead.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2441 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2443 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2444 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2445 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2452 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2459 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2460 Chromium.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2493 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2496 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2497 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2498 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2501 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2550 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2552 When called interactively, if variable
2553 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2554 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2555 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2556 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2559 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2560 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2562 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2563 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2569 Default to the URL around or before point.
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2573 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2581 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2582 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2583 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2590 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2591 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2592 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2593 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2594 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2600 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2601 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2602 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2604 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2605 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2606 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2607 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2610 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2615 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2616 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2617 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2618 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2619 current one.
2621 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2622 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2623 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2624 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2627 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2632 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2633 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2634 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2635 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2636 don't offer a form of remote control.
2638 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2641 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2642 Default to the URL around or before point.
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2648 Default to the URL around the point.
2650 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2651 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2653 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2654 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2656 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2658 ;;;***
2660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2661 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2662 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2664 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2665 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2666 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2667 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2669 \(fn)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2672 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2673 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2674 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2676 \(fn)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2679 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2681 \(fn)" t nil)
2683 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2684 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2685 \\<bs-mode-map>
2686 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2687 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2688 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2689 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2691 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2692 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2693 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2694 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2695 name of buffer configuration.
2697 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2699 ;;;***
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2702 ;;;;;; 720000))
2703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2705 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2706 Play Bubbles game.
2707 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2708 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2709 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2710 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2711 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2712 columns on its right towards the left.
2714 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2719 \(fn)" t nil)
2721 ;;;***
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2724 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2727 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2729 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2730 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2738 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742 ;;;***
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21888
2745 ;;;;;; 49772 464181 796000))
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2747 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2748 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2751 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2753 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2754 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2755 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2756 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2757 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2758 else the global value will be modified.
2760 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2763 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2764 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2765 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2766 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2767 else the global value will be modified.
2769 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2771 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2772 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2773 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2775 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2778 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2779 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2780 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2782 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2783 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2784 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2785 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2786 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2787 before scanning it.
2789 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2790 that already has a `.elc' file.
2792 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2793 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2795 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2796 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2797 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2798 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2799 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2800 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2802 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2805 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2806 Print the result in the echo area.
2807 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2813 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2815 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2817 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2818 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2819 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2820 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2821 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2822 all functions called by those functions.
2824 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2825 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2826 cons, etc.).
2828 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2829 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2830 invoked interactively.
2832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2834 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2835 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2836 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2837 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2839 \(fn)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2842 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2843 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2844 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2845 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2846 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2847 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2848 already up-to-date.
2850 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2852 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2853 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2854 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2855 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2857 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2858 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2859 and corresponding effects.
2861 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2863 ;;;***
2865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2866 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2869 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2871 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2876 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2879 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2881 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2883 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2885 ;;;***
2887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2888 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2891 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2892 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2893 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2894 from the cursor position.
2896 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2898 ;;;***
2900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21855 576 517945 858000))
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2902 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2904 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2905 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2910 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2912 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2920 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2921 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2922 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2924 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2927 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2928 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2929 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2931 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2934 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2935 This is most useful in the X window system.
2936 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2937 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2939 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2942 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2943 See calc-keypad for details.
2945 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2947 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2948 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2950 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2952 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2953 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2955 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2958 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2960 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2962 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2963 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2964 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2966 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2968 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2969 Define Calc function.
2971 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2972 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2973 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2975 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2976 actual Lisp function name.
2978 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2980 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2982 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2984 ;;;***
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2987 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2990 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2993 \(fn N)" t nil)
2995 ;;;***
2997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21850 35126 597287
2998 ;;;;;; 693000))
2999 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3001 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3002 Run the Emacs calculator.
3003 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3007 ;;;***
3009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21887 28943
3010 ;;;;;; 471667 16000))
3011 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3013 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3014 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3015 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3016 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3017 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3018 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3020 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3021 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3022 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3023 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3024 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3025 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3026 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3027 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3028 window.
3030 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3031 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3033 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3034 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3035 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3036 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3037 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3038 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3040 Runs the following hooks:
3042 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3043 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3044 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3045 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3047 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051 ;;;***
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3054 ;;;;;; 49000))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3057 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3058 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3060 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3062 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3063 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3064 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3065 it fails.
3067 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3069 ;;;***
3071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21855
3072 ;;;;;; 577 387944 393000))
3073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3075 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3076 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3078 \(fn)" nil nil)
3080 ;;;***
3082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21855 577
3083 ;;;;;; 397944 786000))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3086 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3087 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3089 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3090 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3092 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3093 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3095 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3098 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3099 made from scratch.
3101 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3104 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3106 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3107 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3108 made from scratch.
3110 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3146 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3147 variables are guessed:
3149 * `c-basic-offset', and
3150 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3151 `c-offsets-alist'.
3153 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3154 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3156 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3157 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3159 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3160 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3161 guess is made from scratch.
3163 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3164 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3166 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3169 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3170 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3171 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3173 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3174 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3175 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3177 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3179 ;;;***
3181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21861 39358
3182 ;;;;;; 537945 535000))
3183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3185 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3187 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3188 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3189 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3190 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3191 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3193 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3204 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3206 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3207 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3208 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c-mode-map}
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3220 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3223 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3226 message.
3228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3231 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3233 Key bindings:
3234 \\{c++-mode-map}
3236 \(fn)" t nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3239 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3240 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3241 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3242 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3243 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3244 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3245 message.
3247 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3250 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3252 Key bindings:
3253 \\{objc-mode-map}
3255 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3258 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing Java code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{java-mode-map}
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3277 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3280 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3288 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3290 Key bindings:
3291 \\{idl-mode-map}
3293 \(fn)" t nil)
3294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3295 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3297 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3300 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{pike-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3321 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3323 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3324 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3325 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3332 Key bindings:
3333 \\{awk-mode-map}
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3337 ;;;***
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3340 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3343 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3344 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3345 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3346 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3348 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3350 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3351 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3352 might get set too.
3354 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3355 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3356 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3357 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3358 in this way.
3360 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3361 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3362 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3363 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3364 a null operation.
3366 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3368 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3369 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3370 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3371 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3373 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3375 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3376 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3377 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3379 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3381 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3382 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3383 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3384 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3385 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3387 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3389 ;;;***
3391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3392 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3394 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3395 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3398 ;;;***
3400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3401 ;;;;;; 991000))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3404 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3405 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3407 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3409 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3410 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3412 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3414 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3415 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3417 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3418 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3419 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3420 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3421 execution.
3423 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3425 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3427 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3431 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3432 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3433 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3435 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3436 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3437 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3438 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3439 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3440 `write' commands.
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3443 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3444 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3447 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3448 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3449 semantics.
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3453 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3457 STATEMENT :=
3458 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3459 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3461 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3462 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3463 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3464 | integer
3466 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3468 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3469 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3470 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3473 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3474 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3476 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3478 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3479 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3480 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3481 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3482 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3483 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3484 ;; last STATEMENT.
3485 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3487 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3488 BREAK := (break)
3490 REPEAT :=
3491 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3492 (repeat)
3493 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3501 ;; (read REG)
3502 ;; (repeat))
3503 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3505 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3506 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3507 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3510 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3513 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3514 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3515 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3516 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3517 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3518 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3519 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3520 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522 WRITE :=
3523 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3524 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3525 ;; representation.
3526 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3527 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3528 ;; (write r7))
3529 | (write EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3531 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3532 ;; representation.
3533 | (write integer)
3534 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3535 ;; buffer.
3536 | (write string)
3537 ;; Same as: (write string)
3538 | string
3539 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3540 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3541 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3542 ;; representation.
3543 | (write REG ARRAY)
3544 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3545 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3546 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3547 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3548 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3549 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3552 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3554 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3555 END := (end)
3557 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3558 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3559 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3561 ARG := REG | integer
3563 OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3565 + | - | * | / | %
3567 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3568 | & | `|' | ^
3570 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 | << | >>
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3575 | <8
3577 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3578 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3579 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3580 | >8
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3585 | //
3587 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3588 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3590 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3591 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3593 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3594 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3595 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3596 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3597 | de-sjis
3599 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3600 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3601 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3604 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3605 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3606 ;; byte of SJIS.
3607 | en-sjis
3609 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3610 ;; Same meaning as C code
3611 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3613 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3614 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3615 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3616 | <8=
3618 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3620 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3622 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3623 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3624 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3625 | //=
3627 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3630 TRANSLATE :=
3631 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3632 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3633 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3634 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3635 ;; respectively.
3636 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3637 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3638 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3639 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3641 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3642 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3643 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3645 LOOKUP :=
3646 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3647 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3648 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3649 ;; respectively.
3650 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3651 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3652 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3654 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3655 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3656 ;; REG.
3657 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3658 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3659 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3661 MAP :=
3662 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3663 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3664 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3665 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3667 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3668 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3669 MAP-ID := integer
3671 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3673 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3675 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3676 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3677 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3678 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3680 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3682 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3684 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3685 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3686 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3688 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3690 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3695 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3698 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3699 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3700 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3701 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3703 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3705 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3707 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3708 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3710 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3712 ;;;***
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3715 ;;;;;; 725000))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3719 ;;;***
3721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21931 31023
3722 ;;;;;; 757164 572000))
3723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3724 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3726 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3742 \(fn)" t nil)
3744 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3747 \(fn)" t nil)
3749 ;;;***
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (21914
3752 ;;;;;; 21937 447876 215000))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3755 (defvar character-fold-search t "\
3756 Non-nil if searches should fold similar characters.
3757 This means some characters will match entire groups of characters.
3758 For instance, \" will match all variants of double quotes, and
3759 the letter a will match all of its accented versions (and then
3760 some).")
3762 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3763 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3764 If `character-fold-search' is nil, `regexp-quote' string.
3765 Otherwise, any character in STRING that has an entry in
3766 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3767 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3768 If LAX is non-nil, any single whitespace character is allowed to
3769 match any number of times.
3771 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3773 ;;;***
3775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21841 54062
3776 ;;;;;; 162628 940000))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3778 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3780 ;;;***
3782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3783 ;;;;;; (21888 49792 712181 796000))
3784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3786 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3787 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3788 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3790 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3792 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3793 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3794 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3796 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3798 ;;;***
3800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21948
3801 ;;;;;; 40114 230686 453000))
3802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3803 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3804 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3805 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3806 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3807 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3811 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3814 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3816 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3817 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3818 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3822 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3823 the users will view as each check is completed.
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3828 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3829 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3830 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3831 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3832 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3833 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3834 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3836 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3839 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3840 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3841 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3842 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3843 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3844 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3845 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3847 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3850 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3851 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3852 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3853 spacing are all verified.
3855 \(fn)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3858 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3859 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3860 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3861 otherwise stop after the first error.
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3866 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3868 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3871 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3872 Only documentation strings are checked.
3873 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3875 a separate buffer.
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3880 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3881 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3882 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3883 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3888 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3890 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3891 if there is one.
3893 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3896 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3898 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3899 if there is one.
3900 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3902 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3905 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3906 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3911 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3912 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3913 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3914 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3919 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3920 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3921 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3922 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3923 space at the end of each line.
3925 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3963 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3964 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3965 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3971 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3972 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3978 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3979 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3983 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3985 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3991 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3993 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3994 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3996 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3997 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3998 checking of documentation strings.
4000 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4005 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4007 \(fn)" t nil)
4009 ;;;***
4011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4012 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4015 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4016 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4017 Return the length of resulting text.
4019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4021 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4022 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4027 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4028 Return the length of resulting text.
4030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4033 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4035 \(fn)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4040 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4042 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4045 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4047 ;;;***
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4050 ;;;;;; 725000))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4053 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4054 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4055 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4056 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4057 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4058 editing and the result is evaluated.
4060 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4062 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4063 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4064 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4065 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4066 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4068 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4070 \(fn)" t nil)
4072 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4073 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4074 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4075 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4076 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4078 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4079 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4080 \\{command-history-map}
4082 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4083 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4085 \(fn)" t nil)
4087 ;;;***
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4090 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4093 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4094 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4095 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4096 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4097 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4098 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4099 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4100 of this function.
4102 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4103 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4104 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4105 property are:
4107 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4108 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4110 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4111 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4112 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4113 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4114 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4115 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4116 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4117 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4118 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4119 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4120 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4121 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4123 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4124 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4125 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4127 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4128 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4129 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4130 list elements are:
4132 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4134 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4136 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4138 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4139 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4141 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4142 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4144 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4145 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4146 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4147 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4148 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4149 value specified by their associated list element.
4151 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4153 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4154 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4155 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4157 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4158 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4159 * indent the first argument by 4.
4160 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4161 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4162 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4164 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4165 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4166 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4167 instead.
4169 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4171 ;;;***
4173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4174 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4176 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4178 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4180 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4181 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4182 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4183 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4184 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4185 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4187 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4188 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4190 ;;;***
4192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21828 42028
4193 ;;;;;; 650494 471000))
4194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4196 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4197 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4198 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4199 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4201 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4202 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4203 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4204 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4206 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4207 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4209 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4211 ;;;***
4213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21887 31417 144735
4214 ;;;;;; 656000))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4217 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4218 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4219 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4220 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4221 of `scheme-program-name').
4222 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4223 it is given as initial input.
4224 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4225 discards input when it starts up.
4226 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4227 is run).
4228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4230 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4232 ;;;***
4234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4235 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4237 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4238 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4239 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4240 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4242 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4243 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4245 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4246 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4247 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4249 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4251 ;;;***
4253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4254 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4256 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4257 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4258 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4259 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4260 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4261 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4262 functions have already modified the buffer.
4264 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4266 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4267 either globally or locally.")
4269 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4270 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4271 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4272 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4274 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4275 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4276 `start-file-process'
4277 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4278 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4279 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4281 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4282 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4284 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4286 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4288 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4290 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4291 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4292 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4293 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4294 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4295 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4296 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4297 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4298 process as its initial input.
4300 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4302 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4304 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4306 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4307 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4308 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4309 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4310 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4311 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4313 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4315 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4317 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4318 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4319 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4320 directory tracking functions.")
4322 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4323 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4324 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4326 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4328 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4330 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4336 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4338 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4339 Send COMMAND to current process.
4340 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4341 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4343 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4345 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4346 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4347 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4348 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4350 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4352 ;;;***
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4355 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4358 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4359 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4360 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4361 to get another window.
4363 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4364 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4366 This command pushes the mark in each window
4367 at the prior location of point in that window.
4368 If both windows display the same buffer,
4369 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4370 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4372 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4373 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4374 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4375 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4376 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4377 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4378 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4379 ignored.
4381 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4382 this command work in interlaced mode:
4383 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4384 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4385 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4387 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4389 ;;;***
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21911 45744
4392 ;;;;;; 555516 371000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4395 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4396 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4400 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4401 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4402 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4404 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4406 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4407 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4408 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4412 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4413 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4414 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4415 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4416 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4418 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4419 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4420 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4421 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4422 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4424 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4425 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4426 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4427 describing how the process finished.")
4429 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4430 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4431 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4432 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4433 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4435 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4436 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4437 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4441 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4442 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4443 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4444 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4448 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4449 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4451 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4452 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4454 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4455 (lambda ()
4456 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4457 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4458 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4459 (concat \"make -k \"
4460 (if buffer-file-name
4461 (shell-quote-argument
4462 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4464 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4465 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4467 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4468 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4469 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4470 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4472 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4474 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4475 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4476 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4477 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4479 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4480 and move to the source code that caused it.
4482 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4483 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4485 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4486 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4487 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4488 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4489 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4491 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4492 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4493 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4494 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4496 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4497 kills its subprocesses.
4499 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4500 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4501 to a function that generates a unique name.
4503 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4505 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4506 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4507 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4508 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4510 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4511 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4513 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4514 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4515 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4516 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4518 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4519 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4520 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4522 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4524 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4526 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4527 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4528 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4529 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4530 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4532 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4534 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4536 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4538 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4540 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4541 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4543 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4544 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4546 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4547 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4548 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4549 See `compilation-mode'.
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4554 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4556 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4557 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4560 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4561 `compilation-mode'.
4563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4565 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4566 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4567 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4569 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4571 ;;;***
4573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4574 ;;;;;; 989000))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4577 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4578 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4579 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4582 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4584 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4586 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4587 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4594 ;;;***
4596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4597 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4600 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4602 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4603 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4604 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4605 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4606 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4608 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4609 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4610 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4612 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4613 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4614 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4616 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4617 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4618 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4619 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4621 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4622 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4623 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4624 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4625 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4626 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4627 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4629 \\{conf-mode-map}
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4633 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4634 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4635 Comments start with `#'.
4636 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4638 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4640 \[Desktop Entry]
4641 Encoding=UTF-8
4642 Name=The GIMP
4643 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4644 Name[cs]=GIMP
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4648 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4650 Comments start with `;'.
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4653 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4655 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4656 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4657 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4659 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4660 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4666 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4667 between `/*' and `*/'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4671 // another kind of comment
4672 /* yet another */
4674 name:value
4675 name=value
4676 name value
4677 x.1 =
4678 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4679 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4683 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4685 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4686 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4687 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4688 `conf-space-keywords'.
4689 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4690 in an interactive fashion instead.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4696 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4697 image/png png
4698 image/tiff tiff tif
4700 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4701 class desktop
4702 # Standard multimedia devices
4703 add /dev/audio desktop
4704 add /dev/mixer desktop
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4709 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4710 See `conf-space-mode'.
4712 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4714 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4715 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4716 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4717 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4719 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4721 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4722 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4724 \(fn)" t nil)
4726 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4727 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4728 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4731 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4733 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4734 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4736 \(fn)" t nil)
4738 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4739 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4740 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4741 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4743 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4745 *background: gray99
4746 *foreground: black
4748 \(fn)" t nil)
4750 ;;;***
4752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4753 ;;;;;; 720000))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4756 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4757 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4758 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4759 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4760 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4761 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4763 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4765 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4766 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4767 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4768 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4770 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4772 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4773 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4774 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4775 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4777 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4779 ;;;***
4781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4782 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4784 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4786 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4789 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4790 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4791 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4792 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4793 following the copyright are updated as well.
4794 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4795 interactively.
4797 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4799 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4800 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4801 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4802 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4803 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4805 \(fn)" t nil)
4807 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4808 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4810 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4812 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4813 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4814 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4816 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4818 ;;;***
4820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21862
4821 ;;;;;; 60209 828658 75000))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4823 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4824 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4825 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4832 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4833 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4834 Tab indents for Perl code.
4835 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4836 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4838 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4839 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4840 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4841 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4842 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4843 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4844 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4845 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4846 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4847 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4848 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4849 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4851 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4853 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4854 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4856 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4858 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4859 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4860 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4861 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4862 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4863 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4864 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4865 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4866 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4868 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4870 bite if angry;
4872 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4873 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4874 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4875 to nil.)
4877 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4878 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4879 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4881 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4883 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4884 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4885 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4886 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4887 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4889 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4891 if (A) { B }
4893 into
4895 B if A;
4897 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4899 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4900 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4901 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4902 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4903 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4904 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4905 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4906 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4907 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4908 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4909 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4910 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4911 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4913 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4914 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4915 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4916 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4917 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4918 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4920 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4921 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4922 man via menu.
4924 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4925 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4926 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4927 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4928 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4930 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4931 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4932 span the needed amount of lines.
4934 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4935 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4936 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4937 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4939 Variables controlling indentation style:
4940 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4941 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4942 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4943 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4944 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4945 `cperl-auto-newline'
4946 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4947 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4948 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4949 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4950 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4951 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4952 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4953 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4954 `cperl-indent-level'
4955 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4956 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4957 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4958 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4959 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4960 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4961 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4962 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4963 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964 `cperl-brace-offset'
4965 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4966 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4967 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4968 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4969 `cperl-label-offset'
4970 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4971 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4972 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4974 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4975 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4976 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4977 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4978 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4979 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4981 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4982 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4983 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4984 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4986 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4987 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4988 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4989 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4990 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4991 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4992 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4994 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4995 column 0 is indented on
4996 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4998 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4999 with no args.
5001 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5002 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5003 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5005 \(fn)" t nil)
5007 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5008 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5010 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5012 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5013 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5017 ;;;***
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21948 40114 418686
5020 ;;;;;; 453000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5023 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5024 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5025 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5026 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5027 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5031 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5032 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5036 ;;;***
5038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5039 ;;;;;; 725000))
5040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5042 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5043 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5044 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5045 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5046 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5047 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5048 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5049 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5051 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5052 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5054 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5055 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5056 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5058 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5059 with empty strings removed.
5061 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5063 ;;;***
5065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5066 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5069 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5070 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5075 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5076 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5083 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5086 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5087 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5088 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5091 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5093 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5095 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5096 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5099 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5101 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5102 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5103 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5104 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5105 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5106 normal function of these prefix keys.
5108 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5109 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5110 options:
5111 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5112 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5113 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5115 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5116 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5117 the prefix fallback behavior.
5119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5122 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126 ;;;***
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5129 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5132 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5133 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5134 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5138 ;;;***
5140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5141 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5144 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5145 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5149 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5150 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5151 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5152 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5153 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5154 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5155 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5159 ;;;***
5161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21948 40114 214686
5162 ;;;;;; 453000))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5165 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5166 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5168 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5170 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5171 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5173 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5175 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5176 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5178 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5180 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5183 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5184 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5187 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5189 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5191 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5193 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5194 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5195 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5198 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5200 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5201 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5204 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5206 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5208 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5211 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5212 Return VALUE.
5214 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5215 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5217 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5218 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5220 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5221 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5223 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5225 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5227 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5228 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5229 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5230 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5232 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5233 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5234 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5236 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5238 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5239 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5240 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5241 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5242 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5244 \(fn)" t nil)
5246 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5248 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5249 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5251 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5253 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5255 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5257 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5259 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5262 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5264 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5266 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5271 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5273 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5275 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5277 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5279 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5280 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5281 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5282 as part of Emacs itself.
5284 Each elements looks like this:
5286 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5288 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5289 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5290 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5291 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5292 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5293 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5294 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5295 and `defface'.
5297 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5299 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5300 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5301 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5302 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5303 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5305 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5306 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5307 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5308 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5310 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5312 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5314 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5315 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5316 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5317 release.
5319 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5320 that were added or redefined since that version.
5322 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5326 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5327 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5329 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5331 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5332 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5336 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5337 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5338 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5340 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5341 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5343 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5348 \(fn)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5353 \(fn)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all saved options and faces.
5358 \(fn)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5362 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5363 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5364 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5365 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5367 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5368 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5369 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5371 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5374 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5376 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5378 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5379 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5381 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5384 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5386 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5388 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5389 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5390 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5391 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5393 \(fn)" nil nil)
5395 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5396 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5397 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5398 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5399 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5400 that option.
5401 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5403 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5405 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5406 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5407 The result includes selecting that window.
5408 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5409 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5410 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5411 that option.
5413 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5415 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5416 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5418 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5420 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5421 File used for storing customization information.
5422 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5423 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5424 it should be an absolute file name.
5426 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5427 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5428 something like the following in your init file:
5430 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5431 \(load custom-file)
5433 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5434 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5436 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5437 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5438 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5439 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5440 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5442 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5443 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5444 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5445 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5446 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5447 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5448 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5449 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5450 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5451 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5453 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5455 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5456 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5458 \(fn)" nil nil)
5460 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5461 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5463 \(fn)" t nil)
5465 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5466 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5467 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5469 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5471 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5472 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5473 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5474 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5475 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5477 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5479 ;;;***
5481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21891 60465 839679
5482 ;;;;;; 523000))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5485 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5486 Create or edit a custom theme.
5487 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5488 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5489 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5490 from the Custom save file.
5491 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5492 named *Custom Theme*.
5494 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5496 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5497 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5499 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5501 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5502 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5504 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5506 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5507 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5508 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5509 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5513 ;;;***
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5516 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5519 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5520 Mode used for cvs status output.
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5527 ;;;;;; 720000))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5529 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5531 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5532 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5534 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5536 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5537 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5538 C++ modes are included.
5540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5541 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5542 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5548 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5549 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5550 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5553 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5555 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5557 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5558 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5559 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5560 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5561 ARG is omitted or nil.
5563 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5564 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5565 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569 ;;;***
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5572 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5575 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5576 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5578 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5580 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5581 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5583 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5585 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5586 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5587 For readability, the table is slightly
5588 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5590 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5591 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5592 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5593 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5594 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5596 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5598 ;;;***
5600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5601 ;;;;;; 725000))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5603 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5604 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5605 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5606 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5608 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5609 Completion on current word.
5610 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5611 and presents suggestions for completion.
5613 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5614 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5615 completions.
5617 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5618 then it searches *all* buffers.
5620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5622 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5623 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5625 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5626 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5627 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5628 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5629 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5631 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5632 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5634 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5635 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5636 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5638 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5639 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5641 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5645 ;;;***
5647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5648 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5651 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5652 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5654 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5656 ;;;***
5658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5661 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5662 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5663 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5664 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5665 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5669 ;;;***
5671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5672 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5675 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5676 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5678 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5679 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5680 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5682 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5683 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5684 Data lines are not indented.
5686 Key bindings:
5688 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5689 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5691 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5692 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5693 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5694 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5696 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5698 dcl-basic-offset
5699 Extra indentation within blocks.
5701 dcl-continuation-offset
5702 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5704 dcl-margin-offset
5705 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5707 dcl-margin-label-offset
5708 Indentation for a label.
5710 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5711 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5713 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5714 dcl-block-end-regexp
5715 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5716 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5717 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5718 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5719 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5721 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5722 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5723 Two such functions are included in the package:
5724 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5725 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5727 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5728 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5729 One such function is included in the package:
5730 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5732 dcl-tab-always-indent
5733 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5734 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5735 margin.
5737 dcl-electric-characters
5738 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5739 typed.
5741 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5742 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5743 which words trigger electric indentation.
5745 dcl-tempo-comma
5746 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5747 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5748 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5750 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5751 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5752 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5753 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5755 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5756 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5757 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5758 dcl-imenu-label-call
5759 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5761 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5762 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5763 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5764 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5767 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5769 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5770 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5771 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5772 $ i = 1
5773 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5774 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5775 $ label:
5776 $ if i.eq.1
5777 $ then
5778 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5779 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5780 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5781 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5782 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5783 \"lined up with the command line\"
5784 $ type sys$input
5785 Data lines are not indented at all.
5786 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5787 $ endif
5791 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5792 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5796 ;;;***
5798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5799 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5802 (setq debugger 'debug)
5804 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5805 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5806 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5807 of the evaluator.
5809 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5810 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5811 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5813 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5815 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5816 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5818 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5820 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5821 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5822 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5823 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5824 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5825 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5827 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5828 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5830 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5832 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5833 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5834 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5835 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5836 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5838 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5840 ;;;***
5842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5843 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5846 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5847 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5852 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5853 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5854 Upper-case letters are commands.
5856 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5857 modify it.
5859 The most useful commands are:
5860 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5861 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5862 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5863 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5864 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5865 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 ;;;***
5871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5872 ;;;;;; 725000))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5874 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5876 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5877 Customization of `columns' group.
5879 \(fn)" t nil)
5881 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5882 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5884 START and END delimits the text region.
5886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5888 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5889 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5891 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5893 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5895 ;;;***
5897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5898 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5900 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5902 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5903 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5904 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5907 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5909 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5911 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5912 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5914 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5915 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5917 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5918 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5919 point regardless of any selection.
5921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5923 ;;;***
5925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21887 19078
5926 ;;;;;; 977447 760000))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5929 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5930 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5932 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5934 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5935 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5936 or nil if there is no parent.
5937 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5938 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5939 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5940 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5941 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5943 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5944 arguments are currently understood:
5945 :group GROUP
5946 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5947 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5948 :syntax-table TABLE
5949 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5950 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5951 :abbrev-table TABLE
5952 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5953 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5955 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5957 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5959 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5960 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5961 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5963 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5964 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5966 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5967 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5968 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5970 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5971 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5973 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5974 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5976 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5978 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5980 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5982 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5984 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5985 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5986 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5987 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5988 the first time the mode is used.
5990 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5992 ;;;***
5994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21948 40114 214686
5995 ;;;;;; 453000))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5998 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5999 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6000 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6001 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6002 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6003 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6004 otherwise.
6006 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6009 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6010 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6011 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6013 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6014 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6015 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6017 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6018 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6019 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6020 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6021 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6022 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6023 relevant to POS.
6025 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6027 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6028 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6030 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6031 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6032 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6033 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6034 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6035 minibuffer window for width limit.
6037 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6038 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6040 \(fn)" nil nil)
6042 ;;;***
6044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21860 18496 17962 857000))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6047 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6048 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6049 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6052 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6054 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6056 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6057 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6059 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6060 is omitted or nil.
6062 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6063 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6064 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6065 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6067 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6068 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6070 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6071 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6073 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6075 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6079 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6080 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6081 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6082 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6084 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6086 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6087 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6089 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6090 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6091 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6093 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6094 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6096 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6097 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6098 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6100 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6101 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6102 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6103 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6105 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6107 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6108 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6110 Handlers are called with argument list
6112 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6114 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6116 `desktop-file-version'
6117 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6118 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6119 `desktop-buffer-point'
6120 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6121 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6122 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6124 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6125 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6127 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6128 code like
6130 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6132 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6133 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6135 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6136 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6137 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6139 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6141 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6142 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6143 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6144 List elements must have the form
6146 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6148 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6149 function.
6151 Handlers are called with argument list
6153 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6155 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6157 `desktop-file-version'
6158 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6159 `desktop-buffer-name'
6160 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6161 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6162 `desktop-buffer-point'
6163 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6164 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6165 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6167 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6168 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6169 created and set.
6171 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6172 code like
6174 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6176 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6177 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6179 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6180 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6181 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6183 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6185 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6187 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6188 Empty the Desktop.
6189 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6190 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6191 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6192 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6193 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6194 if different).
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6198 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6199 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6200 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6201 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6202 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6203 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6204 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6206 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6209 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6210 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6215 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6216 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6217 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6218 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6219 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6220 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6221 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6223 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6226 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6227 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6229 \(fn)" nil nil)
6231 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6233 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6234 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6235 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6236 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6237 directory DIRNAME.
6239 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6242 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6247 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6251 ;;;***
6253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6254 ;;;;;; 285000))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6258 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6259 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6260 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6261 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6262 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6267 Repair a broken attribution line.
6268 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6270 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6272 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6273 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6274 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6275 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6277 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6279 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6280 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21880
6287 ;;;;;; 42532 420045 615000))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6290 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6291 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6292 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6293 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6294 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6298 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6299 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6300 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6301 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6303 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6304 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6305 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6306 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6308 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6309 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6311 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6312 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6313 calendar-date-style 'european
6314 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6316 \(diary-mail-entries)
6318 # diary-rem.el ends here
6320 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6322 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6323 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6325 \(fn)" t nil)
6327 ;;;***
6329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6332 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6333 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6335 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6337 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6338 The command to use to run diff.")
6340 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6342 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6343 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6344 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6345 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6346 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6347 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6349 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6350 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6351 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6353 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6355 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6356 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6357 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6358 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6359 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6360 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6362 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6364 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6365 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6367 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6369 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6370 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6371 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6375 ;;;***
6377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6378 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6381 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6382 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6383 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6384 normal diffs.
6386 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6387 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6388 headers for you on-the-fly.
6390 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6391 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6392 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6394 \\{diff-mode-map}
6396 \(fn)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6399 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6404 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6408 ;;;***
6410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6413 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6414 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6415 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6417 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6419 ;;;***
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21914 55048 605882 55000))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6424 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6425 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6426 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6427 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6428 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6429 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6430 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6431 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6433 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6435 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6436 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6437 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6438 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6439 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6440 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6442 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6443 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6444 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6445 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6447 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6448 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6450 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6451 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6452 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6453 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6454 listing have no effect.
6456 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6457 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6458 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6460 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6465 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6466 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6469 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6471 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6472 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6476 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6477 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6479 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6481 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6482 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6483 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6484 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6485 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6486 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6487 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6488 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6489 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6490 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6491 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6492 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6493 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6494 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6495 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6496 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6497 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6498 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6499 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6500 to see why something went wrong.
6501 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6502 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6503 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6504 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6505 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6506 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6507 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6508 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6509 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6510 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6511 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6512 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6513 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6515 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6516 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6517 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6518 again for the directory tree.
6520 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6521 for more info):
6523 `dired-listing-switches'
6524 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6525 `dired-marker-char'
6526 `dired-del-marker'
6527 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6528 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6529 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6532 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6534 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6535 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6536 `dired-mode-hook'
6537 `dired-load-hook'
6539 Keybindings:
6540 \\{dired-mode-map}
6542 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6543 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6545 ;;;***
6547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21855 576 727950
6548 ;;;;;; 398000))
6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6551 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6552 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6557 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6558 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6559 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6561 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6562 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6563 directory.
6565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6568 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6569 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6570 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6571 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6572 from `default-directory'.
6574 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6579 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6582 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6583 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6584 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6585 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6586 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6587 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6589 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6591 ;;;***
6593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6594 ;;;;;; 725000))
6595 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6597 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6598 Return a new, empty display table.
6600 \(fn)" nil nil)
6602 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6611 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6612 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6613 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6614 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6616 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6618 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6619 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6621 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6623 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6624 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6626 \(fn)" t nil)
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6629 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6631 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6632 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6634 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6635 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6636 byte.
6638 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6639 in the default way after this call.
6641 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6644 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6646 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6648 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6649 Display character C using printable string S.
6651 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6654 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6655 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6656 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6658 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6662 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6663 X frame.
6665 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6670 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6672 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6673 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6678 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6680 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6682 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6683 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6685 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6687 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6688 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6690 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6692 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6693 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6695 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6696 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6698 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6699 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6701 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6702 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6703 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6704 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6706 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6707 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6708 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6709 in `.emacs'.
6711 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6713 ;;;***
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6716 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6719 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6720 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6721 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6722 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6723 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6724 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6725 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6726 Default is 2.
6728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6730 ;;;***
6732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6735 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6736 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6737 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6738 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6739 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6740 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6741 private or ask).
6742 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6743 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6744 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6745 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6746 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6748 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6750 ;;;***
6752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6753 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6756 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6757 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6758 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6759 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6760 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6761 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6762 table and its own syntax table.
6764 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6766 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6769 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6770 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6772 \(fn)" t nil)
6774 ;;;***
6776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6777 ;;;;;; 27000))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6781 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6782 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6783 OpenDocument format).
6785 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6787 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6788 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6790 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6791 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6793 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6794 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6795 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6797 \(fn)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6800 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6801 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6802 to the next best mode.
6804 \(fn)" nil nil)
6806 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6807 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6812 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6816 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6819 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6821 ;;;***
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6824 ;;;;;; 720000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6827 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6828 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6832 ;;;***
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6837 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6838 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6843 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6844 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21841 54062 172628
6851 ;;;;;; 227000))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6853 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6855 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6856 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6858 \(fn)" t nil)
6860 ;;;***
6862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21907
6863 ;;;;;; 48688 657360 195000))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6866 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6868 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6870 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6871 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6872 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6874 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6875 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6876 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6877 and disables it otherwise.
6879 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6880 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6881 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6882 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6884 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6885 documenting what its argument does.
6887 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6888 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6889 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6890 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6891 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6892 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6893 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6894 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6896 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6897 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6898 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6899 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6900 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6901 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6902 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6903 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6904 the minor mode is global):
6906 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6907 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6908 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6909 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6910 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6911 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6912 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6913 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6914 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6915 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6916 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6917 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6918 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6919 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6920 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6921 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6922 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6923 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6924 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6925 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6926 in :variable).
6928 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6929 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6931 For example, you could write
6932 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6933 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6934 ...BODY CODE...)
6936 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6938 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6940 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6942 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6944 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6946 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6947 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6948 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6949 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6950 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6951 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6952 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6953 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6954 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6955 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6956 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6957 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6959 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6960 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6961 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6962 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6963 call another major mode in their body.
6965 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6966 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6967 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6986 :group Ignored.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7005 ;;;***
7007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7008 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7011 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7012 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7013 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7014 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7016 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7017 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7018 as a top-level menu bar item.
7020 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7021 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7022 pairs:
7024 :filter FUNCTION
7025 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7026 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7027 items to actually display.
7029 :visible INCLUDE
7030 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7031 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7032 alias for `:visible'.
7034 :active ENABLE
7035 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7036 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7037 an alias for `:active'.
7039 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7040 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7042 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7044 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7046 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7047 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7049 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7050 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7052 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7054 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7056 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7057 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7059 :keys KEYS
7060 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7061 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7062 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7063 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7065 :key-sequence KEYS
7066 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7067 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7068 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7069 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7071 :active ENABLE
7072 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7073 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7074 alias for `:active'.
7076 :visible INCLUDE
7077 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7078 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7079 `:visible'.
7081 :label FORM
7082 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7083 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7085 :suffix FORM
7086 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7087 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7089 :style STYLE
7090 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7091 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7092 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7094 :selected SELECTED
7095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7096 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7098 :help HELP
7099 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7101 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7102 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7103 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7105 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7106 MENU. This is a submenu.
7108 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7110 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7112 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7115 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7117 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7118 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7119 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7120 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7122 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7124 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7125 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7126 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7127 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7128 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7129 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7131 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7132 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7133 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7135 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7136 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7137 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7139 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7140 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7142 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7144 ;;;***
7146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7147 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7149 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Customization for ebnf group.
7154 \(fn)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7159 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7161 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7162 processed.
7164 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7166 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7171 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7172 killed after process termination.
7174 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7176 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7181 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7182 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7183 it to the printer.
7185 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7186 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7187 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7188 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7194 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7196 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7206 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after process termination.
7216 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7222 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7223 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7225 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7231 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7233 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7240 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7242 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7243 processed.
7245 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7247 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7252 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7253 killed after EPS generation.
7255 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7257 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7262 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7263 The EPS file name has the following form:
7265 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7267 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7268 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7270 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7271 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7272 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7273 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7274 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7276 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7277 files.
7279 \(fn)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7284 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7285 The EPS file name has the following form:
7287 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7289 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7290 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7292 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7293 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7294 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7295 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7296 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7298 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7299 files.
7301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7303 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7310 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7311 are processed.
7313 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after syntax checking.
7323 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7340 \(fn)" nil nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7347 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7354 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Delete style NAME.
7359 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7361 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7368 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Set STYLE as the current style.
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7377 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Reset current style.
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7384 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7386 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7391 Returns the old style symbol.
7393 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7395 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7397 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7400 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7402 Returns the old style symbol.
7404 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7406 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7410 ;;;***
7412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7413 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7417 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7418 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7419 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7420 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7421 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7423 Tree mode key bindings:
7424 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7429 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7434 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7439 View declaration of member at point.
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7444 Find declaration of member at point.
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7449 View definition of member at point.
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7454 Find definition of member at point.
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7459 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7464 View definition of member at point in other window.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7474 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7479 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7484 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7489 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7490 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7491 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7492 completion.
7494 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7497 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7498 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7499 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7501 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7504 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7505 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7506 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7508 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7511 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7512 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7517 Search for call sites of a member.
7518 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7519 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7520 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7521 looks like a function call to the member.
7523 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7526 Move backward in the position stack.
7527 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7532 Move forward in the position stack.
7533 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7538 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7543 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7548 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7549 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7550 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7552 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7555 Display statistics for a class tree.
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 ;;;***
7561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7562 ;;;;;; 725000))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7565 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7566 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7567 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7568 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7569 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7570 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7571 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7573 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7575 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7576 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7577 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7578 also has this effect.
7579 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7580 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7581 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7582 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7587 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7588 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592 ;;;***
7594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7595 ;;;;;; 725000))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7598 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7599 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7600 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7602 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7607 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7610 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7613 \(fn)" nil nil)
7615 ;;;***
7617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21947 19252 621252 749000))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7619 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7621 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7622 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7623 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7626 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7628 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7630 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7631 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7636 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7637 an EDE controlled project.
7639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7641 ;;;***
7643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21857 42300
7644 ;;;;;; 387957 585000))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7647 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7648 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7649 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7650 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7651 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7653 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7654 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7655 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7656 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7658 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7660 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7661 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7662 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7663 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7665 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7667 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7668 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7669 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7670 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7672 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7674 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7676 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7677 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7678 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7679 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7680 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7682 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7683 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7684 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7685 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7686 instrumented for Edebug.
7688 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7689 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7690 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7691 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7692 already is one.)
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7696 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7697 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7699 \(fn)" t nil)
7701 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7702 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7704 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 ;;;***
7708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7710 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7717 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7720 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7724 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7726 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7727 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7728 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7729 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7735 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7736 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7743 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7745 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7747 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7750 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7752 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7754 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7756 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7757 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7759 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7761 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7765 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7766 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7768 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7774 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7775 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7777 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7779 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7783 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7784 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7786 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7791 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7792 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7793 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7794 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7795 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7802 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7804 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7806 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7810 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7811 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7813 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7817 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7820 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7821 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7822 follows:
7823 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7824 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7826 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7829 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7830 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7831 follows:
7832 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7833 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7835 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7839 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7840 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7841 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7843 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7846 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7847 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7848 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7849 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7850 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7852 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7857 Merge two files without ancestor.
7859 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7861 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7862 Merge two files with ancestor.
7864 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7866 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7869 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7871 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7874 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7876 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7880 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7881 buffer.
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7886 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7887 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7888 buffer.
7890 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7893 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7894 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7895 and don't ask the user.
7896 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7897 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7899 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7901 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7902 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7903 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7904 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7905 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7906 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7907 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7908 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7912 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7914 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7916 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7917 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7918 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7919 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7920 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7922 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7927 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7928 When called interactively, displays the version.
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7933 Display Ediff's manual.
7934 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7936 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7938 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7941 \(fn)" nil nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7946 \(fn)" nil nil)
7948 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7951 \(fn)" nil nil)
7953 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7956 \(fn)" nil nil)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7961 \(fn)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7966 \(fn)" nil nil)
7968 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7971 \(fn)" nil nil)
7973 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7976 \(fn)" nil nil)
7978 ;;;***
7980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7981 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7984 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7989 ;;;***
7991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7992 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7995 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7996 Display Ediff's registry.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8002 ;;;***
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21852 24382
8005 ;;;;;; 97237 703000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8008 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8009 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8010 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8011 which see.
8013 \(fn)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8016 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8017 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8018 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8020 \(fn)" t nil)
8022 ;;;***
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
8025 ;;;;;; 875000))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8027 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8029 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8030 Edit a keyboard macro.
8031 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8032 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8033 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8034 its command name.
8035 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8037 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8039 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8040 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8042 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8044 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8045 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8047 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8049 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8051 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8052 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8053 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8054 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8056 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8057 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8058 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8059 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8061 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8063 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8064 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8065 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8066 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8067 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8068 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8070 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8072 ;;;***
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8075 ;;;;;; 725000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8078 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8079 Set scroll margins.
8080 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8081 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8083 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8085 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8086 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8090 ;;;***
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8095 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8096 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8097 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8098 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8099 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8100 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8101 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8103 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8104 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8106 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8107 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8108 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8109 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8111 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8112 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8113 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8115 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8116 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8117 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8119 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8121 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8124 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8126 ;;;***
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21915 42801
8129 ;;;;;; 52409 735000))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8131 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8133 ;;;***
8135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21915
8136 ;;;;;; 42801 48409 735000))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8138 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8140 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8141 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8142 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8143 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8144 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8145 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8146 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8148 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8150 ;;;***
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8153 ;;;;;; 796000))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8156 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8157 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8159 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8160 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8161 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8163 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8165 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8166 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8167 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8170 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8172 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8174 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8175 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8177 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8178 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8180 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8181 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8182 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8183 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8187 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8188 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8192 ;;;***
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8195 ;;;;;; 725000))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8198 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8199 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8201 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8202 an elided material again.
8204 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8208 ;;;***
8210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21853 45243
8211 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8214 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8215 Lint the file FILE.
8217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8219 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8220 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8221 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8223 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8226 Lint the current buffer.
8227 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8229 \(fn)" t nil)
8231 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8232 Lint the function at point.
8233 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8235 \(fn)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8238 Initialize elint.
8239 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8240 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8242 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8244 ;;;***
8246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8247 ;;;;;; 725000))
8248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8250 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8251 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8252 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8254 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8256 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8257 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8258 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8259 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8261 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8263 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8264 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8265 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8267 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8269 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8272 Display current profiling results.
8273 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8274 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8275 displayed.
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8282 ;;;;;; 725000))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8285 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8286 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8287 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8288 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8289 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8290 ARG is omitted or nil.
8292 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8293 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8294 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8295 used instead.
8297 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8299 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8300 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8301 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8303 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8307 ;;;***
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8310 ;;;;;; 495000))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8313 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8314 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8315 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8317 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8319 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8321 ;;;***
8323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8324 ;;;;;; 42000))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8327 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two files.
8330 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8333 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8335 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8338 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8340 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8342 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8343 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8345 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8350 \(fn)" nil nil)
8352 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8355 \(fn)" nil nil)
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8360 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8365 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8367 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8368 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8370 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8373 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8375 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8380 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8382 ;;;***
8384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8385 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8388 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8389 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8390 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8391 text/enriched format.
8393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8394 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8395 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8397 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8399 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8400 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8402 Commands:
8404 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8411 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8413 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8416 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8418 ;;;***
8420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21948 40114 234686 453000))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8423 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8424 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8426 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8428 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8429 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8431 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8434 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8435 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8436 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8437 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8438 the keys are listed.
8439 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8441 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8443 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8444 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8445 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8447 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8449 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8450 Verify FILE.
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8454 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8455 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8457 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8459 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8460 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8462 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8464 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8465 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8467 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8468 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8469 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8470 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8472 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8473 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8474 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8475 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8476 should consider using the string based counterpart
8477 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8478 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8480 For example:
8482 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8483 (decode-coding-string
8484 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8485 'utf-8))
8487 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8490 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8492 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8493 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8497 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify the current region between START and END.
8502 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8506 should consider using the string based counterpart
8507 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8508 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8510 For example:
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8513 (decode-coding-string
8514 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8515 'utf-8))
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8521 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8522 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8523 between START and END.
8525 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8526 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8528 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8530 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8532 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8533 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8535 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8536 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8537 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8538 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8539 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8540 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8542 For example:
8544 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8545 (epg-sign-string
8546 context
8547 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8549 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8551 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8553 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8554 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8556 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8557 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8558 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8559 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8560 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8561 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8563 For example:
8565 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8566 (epg-encrypt-string
8567 context
8568 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8569 nil))
8571 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8573 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8575 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8576 Delete selected KEYS.
8578 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8581 Import keys from FILE.
8583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8586 Import keys from the region.
8588 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8591 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8592 between START and END.
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8596 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8597 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8599 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8601 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8602 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8604 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8606 ;;;***
8608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8609 ;;;;;; 725000))
8610 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8612 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8613 Decrypt marked files.
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8618 Verify marked files.
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8623 Sign marked files.
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8628 Encrypt marked files.
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8632 ;;;***
8634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8635 ;;;;;; 725000))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8638 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8641 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8646 \(fn)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8653 ;;;***
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8656 ;;;;;; 725000))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8659 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8660 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8663 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8668 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8673 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8675 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8676 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8677 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8681 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8684 Sign the current buffer.
8685 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8687 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8689 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8691 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8692 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8693 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8694 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8695 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8696 and also whether and how to sign.
8698 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8699 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8700 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8702 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8704 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8707 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8708 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8710 \(fn)" t nil)
8712 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8714 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8715 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8716 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8719 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8721 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8723 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8724 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8726 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8727 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8731 ;;;***
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21931 31023 725164 572000))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8735 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8737 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8738 Return a context object.
8740 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8742 ;;;***
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8745 ;;;;;; 720000))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8748 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8749 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8751 \(fn)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8754 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8756 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8758 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8759 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8761 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8763 ;;;***
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21907 48688 693360 195000))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8767 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8769 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8770 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8774 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8775 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8776 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8778 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8780 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8781 (server (erc-compute-server))
8782 (port (erc-compute-port))
8783 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8784 password
8785 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8787 That is, if called with
8789 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8791 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8792 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8793 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8795 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8797 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8799 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8800 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8801 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8803 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8805 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8806 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8807 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8808 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8810 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;***
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8815 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8817 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8822 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8826 ;;;***
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8829 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8831 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8833 ;;;***
8835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8836 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8838 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8840 ;;;***
8842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21948 40114 242686
8843 ;;;;;; 453000))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8845 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8847 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8848 Parser for /dcc command.
8849 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8850 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8851 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8853 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8855 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8856 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8860 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8861 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8863 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8864 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8865 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8866 that subcommand.
8868 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8873 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8877 ;;;***
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8880 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8886 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8890 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8891 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8893 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8903 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8943 ;;;;;; 725000))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8948 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8949 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8951 \(fn)" nil nil)
8953 ;;;***
8955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8956 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8961 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8962 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8963 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8964 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8965 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8966 system.
8968 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8975 ;;;***
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8978 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8989 ;;;;;; 725000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8993 ;;;***
8995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8996 ;;;;;; 725000))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8998 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9000 ;;;***
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9003 ;;;;;; 725000))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9005 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9007 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9008 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9009 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9010 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9011 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9012 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9016 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9017 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9018 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9019 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9021 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9022 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9023 automatically.
9025 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9026 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9030 ;;;***
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
9033 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9038 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9048 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9058 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9068 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9080 ;;;;;; 725000))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9084 ;;;***
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9087 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9091 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9092 Show who's gone.
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9096 ;;;***
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9099 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9102 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9103 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9104 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9105 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9107 \(fn)" nil nil)
9109 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9110 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9114 ;;;***
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9117 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9121 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9122 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9123 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9124 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9126 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9131 \(fn)" nil nil)
9133 ;;;***
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9136 ;;;;;; 725000))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9140 ;;;***
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9143 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9147 ;;;***
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9150 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9157 ;;;;;; 725000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9161 ;;;***
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9164 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9168 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9169 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9171 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9173 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9174 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9175 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9177 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9179 ;;;***
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9182 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9186 ;;;***
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9189 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9193 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9194 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9198 ;;;***
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9201 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9205 ;;;***
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9208 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9215 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9218 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9219 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9220 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9222 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9224 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9225 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9230 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9231 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9232 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9233 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9238 ;;;***
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9241 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9246 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9247 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9248 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9250 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9252 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9253 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9254 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9256 \(fn)" t nil)
9258 ;;;***
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9261 ;;;;;; 725000))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9265 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9266 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9268 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21870 18240 719373
9273 ;;;;;; 247000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9276 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9277 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9279 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9280 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9282 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9283 useful for assertions in BODY.
9285 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9287 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9288 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9289 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9291 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9293 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9295 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9297 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9299 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9301 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9302 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9304 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9305 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9306 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9307 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9309 Returns the stats object.
9311 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9314 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9316 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9317 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9318 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9319 the tests).
9321 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9323 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9324 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9326 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9327 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9328 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9329 and how to display message.
9331 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9333 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9335 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9336 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9338 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9340 ;;;***
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9343 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9346 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9348 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9349 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9353 ;;;***
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9356 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9359 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9360 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9362 \(fn)" t nil)
9364 ;;;***
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9367 ;;;;;; 725000))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9369 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9371 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9372 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9373 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9374 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9375 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9376 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9377 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9378 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9379 buffer selected (or created).
9381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9383 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9384 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9385 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9387 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9389 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9390 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9391 The result might be any Lisp object.
9392 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9393 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9394 corresponding to a successful execution.
9396 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9398 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9400 ;;;***
9402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21919 39857 637327
9403 ;;;;;; 44000))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9406 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9407 File name of tags table.
9408 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9409 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9410 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9411 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9412 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9414 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9415 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9416 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9417 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9419 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9421 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9422 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9423 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9424 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9425 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9426 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9428 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9430 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9431 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9432 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9434 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9436 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9437 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9438 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9439 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9440 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9442 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9444 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9445 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9446 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9447 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9449 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9451 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9452 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9453 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9454 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9455 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9457 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9459 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9460 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9465 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9466 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9467 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9469 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9470 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9471 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9472 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9473 file the tag was in.
9475 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9477 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9478 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9479 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9480 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9481 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9482 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9483 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9484 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9485 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9487 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9489 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9490 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9491 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9492 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9493 without directory names.
9495 \(fn)" nil nil)
9497 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9500 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9502 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9503 (progn
9504 (load "etags")
9505 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9510 but does not select the buffer.
9511 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9517 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9550 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9552 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9555 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9556 around or before point.
9558 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9559 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9560 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9561 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9562 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9564 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9566 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9567 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9568 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9570 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9572 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9574 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9579 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9580 around or before point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9586 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9598 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9600 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9601 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9602 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9607 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9608 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9610 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9612 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9618 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9620 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9622 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9624 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9625 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9627 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9628 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9629 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9631 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9632 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9634 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9635 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9637 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9640 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9641 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9642 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9644 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9645 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9646 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9647 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9648 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9650 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9652 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9654 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9655 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9656 Stops when a match is found.
9657 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9659 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9660 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9661 restricted to these files.
9663 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9665 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9668 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9669 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9670 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9671 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9672 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9673 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9674 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9676 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9677 produce the list of files to search.
9679 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9681 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9683 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9684 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9685 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9686 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9687 directory specification.
9689 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9692 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9694 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9696 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9698 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9699 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9700 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9701 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9703 \(fn)" t nil)
9705 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9706 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9707 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9708 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9709 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9716 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9718 ;;;***
9720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9721 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9724 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9727 \(fn)" nil nil)
9729 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9732 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9733 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9735 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9736 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9737 primary language.
9739 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9740 even if the buffer is read-only.
9742 See also the descriptions of the variables
9743 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9745 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9753 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9754 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9755 primary language.
9757 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9758 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9760 See also the descriptions of the variables
9761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9763 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9768 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9770 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9774 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9775 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9777 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9778 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9779 primary language.
9781 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9782 buffer is read-only.
9784 See also the descriptions of the variables
9785 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9786 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9788 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9791 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9796 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9797 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9798 the primary language.
9800 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9811 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9813 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9816 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9818 \(fn)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9823 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9824 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9825 be 1, 2, or 3.
9827 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9828 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9829 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9831 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9833 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9836 This function is deprecated.
9838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9843 \(fn)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9846 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9848 \(fn)" t nil)
9850 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9853 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9854 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9856 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9857 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9859 \(fn)" nil nil)
9861 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9864 \(fn)" nil nil)
9866 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9867 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9869 \(fn)" nil nil)
9871 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9872 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9874 \(fn)" nil nil)
9876 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9877 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9878 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9885 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9892 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9893 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9894 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9895 server for future sessions.
9897 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9900 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9901 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9903 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9905 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9906 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9907 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9909 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9911 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9912 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9913 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9914 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9915 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9916 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9917 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9918 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9919 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9920 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9921 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9922 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9924 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9927 Display a form to query the directory server.
9928 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9929 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9931 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9934 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9935 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9939 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9941 ;;;***
9943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9944 ;;;;;; 752000))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9947 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9948 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9950 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9952 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9953 Display URL and make it clickable.
9955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9960 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9965 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9970 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9977 ;;;***
9979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9980 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9983 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9984 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9985 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9987 \(fn)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9990 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9997 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10000 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10001 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10005 ;;;***
10007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10008 ;;;;;; 725000))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10011 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10012 Create an empty ewoc.
10014 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10016 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10017 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10018 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10019 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10020 `insert-before-markers'.
10022 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10023 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10024 respectively, of the ewoc.
10026 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10027 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10028 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10030 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10032 ;;;***
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10037 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10038 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10039 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10040 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10041 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10043 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10045 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10046 Fetch URL and render the page.
10047 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10048 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10050 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10051 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10053 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10054 Render FILE using EWW.
10056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10058 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10059 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10060 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10062 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10065 Mode for browsing the web.
10067 \(fn)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10072 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10074 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10075 Display the bookmarks.
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21880
10082 ;;;;;; 39991 389803 616000))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10085 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10086 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10087 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10089 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10092 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10093 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10094 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10095 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10097 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10100 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10101 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10102 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10103 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10104 executable.
10106 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10108 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10109 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10110 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10111 file modes.
10113 \(fn)" nil nil)
10115 ;;;***
10117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10120 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10121 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10122 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10123 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10125 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10127 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10128 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10129 to generate such functions.
10131 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10132 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10133 beginning of the expanded text.
10135 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10136 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10137 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10138 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10140 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10142 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10144 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10145 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10146 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10148 \(fn)" nil nil)
10150 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10151 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10152 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10154 \(fn)" t nil)
10156 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10157 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10158 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10161 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10162 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10164 ;;;***
10166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21914 21937 459876
10167 ;;;;;; 215000))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10170 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10171 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10172 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10174 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10175 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10176 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10178 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10180 Key definitions:
10181 \\{f90-mode-map}
10183 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10185 `f90-do-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10187 `f90-if-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-type-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10191 `f90-program-indent'
10192 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10193 (default 2).
10194 `f90-associate-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10196 `f90-critical-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10198 `f90-continuation-indent'
10199 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10200 `f90-comment-region'
10201 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10202 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10203 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10204 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10205 (default \"!\").
10206 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10207 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10208 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10209 `f90-break-delimiters'
10210 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10211 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10212 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10213 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10214 (default t).
10215 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10216 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10217 `f90-smart-end'
10218 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10219 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10220 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10221 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10222 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10223 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10224 `f90-leave-line-no'
10225 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10227 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10228 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10232 ;;;***
10234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10235 ;;;;;; 440000))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10238 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10239 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10240 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10241 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10243 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10244 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10245 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10246 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10247 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10249 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10250 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10251 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10252 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10253 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10254 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10255 attributes.
10257 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10258 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10260 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10262 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10263 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10264 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10265 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10267 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10269 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10270 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10271 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10272 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10274 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10275 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10276 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10278 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10279 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10280 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10281 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10283 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10285 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10286 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10287 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10289 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10290 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10291 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10292 the same amount).
10294 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10296 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10297 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10298 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10308 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10309 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10311 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10312 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10317 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10318 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10320 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10322 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10323 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10325 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10326 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10327 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10329 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10330 the face height as long as the input event read
10331 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10333 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10334 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10335 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10336 will remove any scaling currently active.
10338 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10339 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10340 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10341 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10342 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10344 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10346 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10347 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10350 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10351 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10355 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10356 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10357 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10358 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10359 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10360 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10361 `buffer-face-mode'.
10363 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10364 local, and sets it to FACE.
10366 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10369 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10370 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10371 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10372 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10373 `face' text property.
10375 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10376 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10377 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10378 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10380 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10381 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10383 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10386 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10387 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10388 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392 ;;;***
10394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10395 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10397 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10399 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10400 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10401 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10402 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10404 \(fn)" nil nil)
10406 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10407 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10412 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10413 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10414 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10418 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10419 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10420 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10421 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10422 backup file names and the like).
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10427 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10428 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10429 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10430 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10431 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10432 internally by feedmail):
10434 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10435 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10436 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10437 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10439 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10440 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10441 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10442 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10443 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10445 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10447 ;;;***
10449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21948 40114 250686 453000))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10452 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10453 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10454 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10455 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10456 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10457 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10458 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10460 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10462 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10463 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10464 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10465 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10466 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10467 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10468 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10470 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10472 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10474 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10475 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10476 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10477 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10478 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10479 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10481 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10484 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10485 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10486 Return value:
10487 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10488 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10489 * otherwise, nil
10491 \(fn E)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10494 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10495 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10497 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10499 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10500 Try to get a file name at point.
10501 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10505 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10506 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10508 \(fn)" t nil)
10510 ;;;***
10512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10513 ;;;;;; 125000))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10517 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10518 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10519 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10521 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10523 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10524 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10525 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10526 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10527 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10528 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10530 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10532 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10533 Add FILE to the file cache.
10535 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10537 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10538 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10539 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10541 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10543 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10544 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10545 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10547 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10549 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10550 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10551 This function does not use any external programs.
10552 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10553 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10554 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10556 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10558 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10559 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10560 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10561 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10562 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10563 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10564 \(directories) is done.
10566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10568 ;;;***
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10571 ;;;;;; 752000))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10574 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10575 Handle file system monitoring event.
10576 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10578 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10580 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10582 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10584 ;;;***
10586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21880 40973 57803 616000))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10589 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10590 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10592 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10593 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10594 Local Variables list.
10596 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10597 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10598 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10603 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10605 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10608 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10610 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10611 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10612 the -*- line.
10614 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10615 then this function adds it.
10617 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10620 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10622 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10625 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10627 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10630 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10632 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10635 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10639 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10640 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10642 \(fn)" t nil)
10644 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10645 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10647 \(fn)" t nil)
10649 ;;;***
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10652 ;;;;;; 725000))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10655 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10656 Filesets initialization.
10657 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10661 ;;;***
10663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10664 ;;;;;; 725000))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10666 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10668 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10669 Initiate the building of a find command.
10670 For example:
10672 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10673 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10674 (mtime \"+1\"))
10675 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10677 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10678 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10680 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10682 ;;;***
10684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10685 ;;;;;; 725000))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10688 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10689 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10690 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10692 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10694 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10695 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10697 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10699 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10700 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10701 and run Dired on those files.
10702 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10703 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10705 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10707 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10709 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10712 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10715 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10716 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10718 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10719 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10721 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10723 ;;;***
10725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10726 ;;;;;; 725000))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10729 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10730 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10731 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10732 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10733 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10734 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10735 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10737 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10739 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10740 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10741 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10743 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10745 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10747 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10749 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10750 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10751 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10753 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10754 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10756 Variables of interest include:
10758 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10759 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10760 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10762 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10763 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10764 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10766 - `ff-ignore-include'
10767 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10769 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10770 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10772 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10773 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10775 - `ff-special-constructs'
10776 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10777 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10778 extracting the filename from that construct.
10780 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10781 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10783 - `ff-search-directories'
10784 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10785 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10787 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10790 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10793 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10796 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10799 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10802 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10804 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10805 Visit the file you click on.
10807 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10809 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10810 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10812 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10814 ;;;***
10816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21895
10817 ;;;;;; 57521 598301 332000))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10820 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10821 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10822 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10824 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10827 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10828 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10829 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10831 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10832 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10833 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10834 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10836 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10838 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10839 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10841 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10842 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10843 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10844 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10846 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10847 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10848 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10850 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10851 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10852 in `load-path'.
10854 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10857 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10859 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10860 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10861 places point before the definition.
10862 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10864 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10865 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10866 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10871 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10873 See `find-function' for more details.
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10878 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10880 See `find-function' for more details.
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10884 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10885 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10887 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10888 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10889 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10891 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10892 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10894 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10896 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10897 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10899 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10900 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10901 places point before the definition.
10903 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10905 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10906 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10907 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10909 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10912 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10914 See `find-variable' for more details.
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10918 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10919 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10921 See `find-variable' for more details.
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10925 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10926 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10927 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10928 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10929 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10930 buffer nor display it.
10932 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10933 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10935 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10937 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10938 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10941 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10942 places point before the definition.
10944 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10946 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10950 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10953 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10954 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10956 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10958 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10959 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10960 See `find-function-on-key'.
10962 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10964 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10965 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10966 See `find-function-on-key'.
10968 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10970 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10971 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10975 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10976 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10980 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10981 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985 ;;;***
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10988 ;;;;;; 725000))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10991 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10996 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10997 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10999 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11002 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11006 ;;;***
11008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21874 386 410923 336000))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11010 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11012 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11013 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11018 Display FILE's commentary section.
11019 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11021 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11024 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11031 ;;;;;; 725000))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Toggle flow control handling.
11036 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11037 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11039 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11042 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11043 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11044 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11045 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11046 to get the effect of a C-q.
11048 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11050 ;;;***
11052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11053 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11056 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11061 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11064 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21907 48688
11069 ;;;;;; 777360 195000))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11071 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11073 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11074 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11078 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11083 Turn flymake mode on.
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11087 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11088 Turn flymake mode off.
11090 \(fn)" nil nil)
11092 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11095 \(fn)" nil nil)
11097 ;;;***
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21948 40114
11100 ;;;;;; 506686 453000))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11103 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11104 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11110 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11115 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11116 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11117 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11119 Bindings:
11120 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11121 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11122 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11123 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11125 Hooks:
11126 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11128 Remark:
11129 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11130 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11131 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11133 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11134 consider adding:
11135 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11136 in your init file.
11138 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11139 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11144 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11148 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11149 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11154 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11158 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11159 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11161 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11164 Flyspell whole buffer.
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11171 ;;;;;; 35000))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11173 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11175 ;;;***
11177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11178 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11180 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11181 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11186 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11191 Toggle Follow mode.
11192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11196 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11197 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11199 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11200 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11201 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11203 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11204 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11205 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11206 movement commands.
11208 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11209 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11210 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11211 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11212 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11213 mileage may vary).
11215 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11216 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11218 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11220 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11222 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11223 \\{follow-mode-map}
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11228 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11230 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11231 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11232 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11233 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11234 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11235 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11237 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11238 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11239 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11246 ;;;;;; 742000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11248 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11250 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11251 Toggle Footnote mode.
11252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11256 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11257 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11258 play around with the following keys:
11259 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11263 ;;;***
11265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21852 24381 567240 49000))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11268 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11269 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11271 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11272 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11273 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11274 C-c < forms-first-record <
11275 C-c > forms-last-record >
11276 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11277 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11278 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11279 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11280 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11281 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11282 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11283 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11284 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11285 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11287 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11289 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11290 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11292 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11295 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11297 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11299 ;;;***
11301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21914 21937
11302 ;;;;;; 467876 215000))
11303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11305 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11306 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11307 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11309 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11310 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11312 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11314 Key definitions:
11315 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11317 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11319 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11320 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11321 `fortran-do-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11323 `fortran-if-indent'
11324 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11325 `fortran-structure-indent'
11326 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11327 (default 3)
11328 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11329 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11330 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11331 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11332 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11333 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11334 nil don't change the indentation
11335 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11336 value of either
11337 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11338 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11339 depending on the continuation format in use.
11340 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11341 indentation for a line of code.
11342 (default 'fixed)
11343 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11344 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11345 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11346 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11347 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11348 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11349 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11350 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11351 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11352 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11353 column 5.
11354 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11355 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11356 statements (default nil).
11357 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11358 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11359 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11360 `fortran-continuation-string'
11361 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11362 line (default \"$\").
11363 `fortran-comment-region'
11364 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11365 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11366 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11367 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11368 as typed (default t).
11369 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11370 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11372 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11373 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11375 \(fn)" t nil)
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11380 ;;;;;; 720000))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11383 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11384 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11386 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11387 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11389 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11391 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11392 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11394 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11395 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11397 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11399 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11400 Compile fortune file.
11402 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11403 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11405 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11407 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11408 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11410 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11411 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11412 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11413 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11415 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11417 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11418 Display a fortune cookie.
11419 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11420 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11421 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11422 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11424 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11426 ;;;***
11428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11429 ;;;;;; 972000))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11432 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11433 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11434 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11436 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11437 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11438 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11440 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11441 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11443 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11444 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11446 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11447 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11448 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11449 intend to modify existing values, do
11451 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11453 before changing anything.
11455 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11456 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11458 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11459 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11460 to restore the frame.
11462 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11463 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11464 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11466 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11467 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11468 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11469 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11470 FILTER A filter function.
11472 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11473 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11475 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11477 where
11479 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11480 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11481 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11482 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11483 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11484 before restoring it.
11485 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11487 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11488 It must return:
11489 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11490 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11491 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11493 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11494 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11496 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11497 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11498 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11499 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11500 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11501 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11502 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11504 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11506 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11507 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11509 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11511 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11512 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11513 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11514 If nil, check all live frames.
11516 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11518 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11519 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11520 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11521 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11522 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11523 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11524 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11525 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11526 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11527 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11528 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11530 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11532 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11533 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11535 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11536 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11537 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11538 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11539 and window-state is not restored.
11541 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11542 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11544 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11545 t All existing frames can be reused.
11546 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11547 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11548 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11549 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11551 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11552 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11553 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11554 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11555 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11556 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11557 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11558 be created from that parameter alist.
11560 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11561 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11562 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11563 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11564 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11565 - the live frame just restored,
11566 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11567 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11568 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11570 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11571 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11572 nil Keep all frames.
11573 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11574 - FRAME, a live frame.
11575 - ACTION, which can be one of
11576 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11577 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11578 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11579 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11580 Return value is ignored.
11582 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11583 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11584 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11585 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11586 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11588 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11590 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11592 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11593 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11594 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11596 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11599 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11600 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11602 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11604 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11605 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11606 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11607 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11609 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11611 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11613 ;;;***
11615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11616 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11618 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11620 ;;;***
11622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21852 24381
11623 ;;;;;; 917233 10000))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11626 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11627 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11628 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11630 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11632 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11633 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11634 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11635 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11636 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11637 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11638 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11642 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11643 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11647 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11648 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11649 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11650 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11651 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11653 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11654 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11655 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11656 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11658 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11659 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11660 shown in some of the buffers.
11662 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11664 The following commands help control operation :
11666 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11667 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11669 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11670 detailed description of this mode.
11673 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11674 | GDB Toolbar |
11675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11676 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11677 | | |
11678 | | |
11679 | | |
11680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11681 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11682 | | (comint-mode) |
11683 | | |
11684 | | |
11685 | | |
11686 | | |
11687 | | |
11688 | | |
11689 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11690 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11691 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11692 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11693 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11694 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11696 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11701 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11704 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11705 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11706 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11707 instead (which see).")
11709 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11710 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11712 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11713 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11714 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11715 documentation string instead.
11717 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11718 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11719 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11720 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11721 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11722 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11723 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11724 enders are actually possible.
11726 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11727 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11729 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11730 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11731 `font-lock-keywords'.
11733 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11734 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11735 runs the macro expansion.
11737 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11738 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11739 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11741 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11743 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11745 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11747 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11749 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11750 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11752 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11754 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11755 Enter generic mode MODE.
11757 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11758 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11759 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11761 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11762 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11764 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11766 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11767 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11768 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11769 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11770 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11771 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11772 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11773 `font-lock-keywords'.
11775 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11777 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11779 ;;;***
11781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11782 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11785 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11786 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11788 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11789 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11790 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11794 ;;;***
11796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11797 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11800 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11802 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11804 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11806 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11807 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11809 Guideline for numbers:
11810 1 - error messages
11811 3 - non-serious error messages
11812 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11813 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11814 9 - messages inside loops.
11816 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11818 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11819 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11820 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11822 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11825 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11827 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11829 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11830 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11832 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11833 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11834 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11835 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11836 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11837 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11839 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11840 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11841 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11842 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11843 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11845 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11847 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11849 ;;;***
11851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11853 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11854 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11855 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11857 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11858 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11862 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11863 Read network news.
11864 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11865 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11866 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11867 name of an NNTP server to use.
11868 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11869 server.
11871 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11874 Read news as a slave.
11876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11879 Pop up a frame to read news.
11880 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11881 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11882 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11883 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11884 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11885 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11886 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11887 current display is used.
11889 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11892 Read network news.
11893 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11894 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11895 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11897 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11899 ;;;***
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11902 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11905 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Start Gnus unplugged.
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11911 Start Gnus plugged.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11923 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11924 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11925 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11927 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11928 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11929 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11936 \(fn)" nil nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11940 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11941 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11942 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11943 supported.
11945 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11947 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11948 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11949 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11950 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11951 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11952 supported.
11954 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11959 \(fn)" nil nil)
11961 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11962 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11963 downloaded into the agent.
11965 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11969 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11970 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11972 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11984 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11985 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11986 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11988 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11990 ;;;***
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21870 54319
11993 ;;;;;; 237944 669000))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11996 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11997 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11999 \(fn)" nil nil)
12001 ;;;***
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
12004 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12007 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12008 Set a bookmark for this article.
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12013 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12015 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12018 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12019 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12020 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12021 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12023 \(fn)" t nil)
12025 ;;;***
12027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12028 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12031 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12032 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12034 Usage:
12035 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12037 \(fn)" t nil)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Generate the cache active file.
12042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12045 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12047 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12050 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12051 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12052 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12053 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12054 supported.
12056 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12059 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12060 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12061 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12062 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12063 supported.
12065 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12067 ;;;***
12069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12070 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12074 Delay this article by some time.
12075 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12077 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12078 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12080 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12081 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12083 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12084 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12086 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12089 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12091 \(fn)" t nil)
12093 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12094 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12095 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12096 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12098 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12099 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12101 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12103 ;;;***
12105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12106 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12109 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12112 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12117 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12119 ;;;***
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12122 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12125 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12126 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12128 \(fn)" t nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12133 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12136 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12137 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12139 \(fn)" t nil)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12147 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12150 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12152 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12155 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12157 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12169 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12170 different input formats.
12172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12174 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12175 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12177 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12178 different input formats.
12180 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12184 The PNG is returned as a string.
12186 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12188 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Convert FILE to a Face.
12190 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12191 726 bytes.
12193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12196 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12198 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12200 \(fn)" t nil)
12202 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12203 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12205 \(fn)" nil nil)
12207 ;;;***
12209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12210 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12213 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12214 Display gravatar in the From header.
12215 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12217 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12219 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12220 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12221 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12223 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12225 ;;;***
12227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21918 18992
12228 ;;;;;; 805579 660000))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12231 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12232 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12233 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12234 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12236 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12238 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12239 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12241 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12243 ;;;***
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12246 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12249 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12252 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12254 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12257 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12259 ;;;***
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12262 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12265 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12267 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12268 Run batched scoring.
12269 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12271 \(fn)" t nil)
12273 ;;;***
12275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12276 ;;;;;; 725000))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12279 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12282 \(fn)" nil nil)
12284 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12285 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12286 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12290 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12291 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12293 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12300 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12303 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12304 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12305 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12306 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12307 group parameters.
12309 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12310 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12311 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12312 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12314 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12315 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12316 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12317 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12318 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12319 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12320 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12321 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12322 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12323 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12325 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12328 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12329 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12330 nil CATCH-ALL).
12332 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12333 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12335 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12337 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12338 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12339 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12341 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12346 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12347 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12349 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12351 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12352 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12353 existing groups are considered.
12355 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12356 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12357 returned.
12359 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12360 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12361 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12362 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12363 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12364 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12365 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12366 clauses will be generated.
12368 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12369 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12370 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12371 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12372 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12373 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12375 For example, given the following group parameters:
12377 nnml:mail.bar:
12378 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12379 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12380 nnml:mail.foo:
12381 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12382 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12383 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12384 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12385 nnml:mail.others:
12386 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12388 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12390 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12391 \"mail.bar\")
12392 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12393 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12394 \"mail.others\")
12396 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12398 ;;;***
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12401 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12404 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12405 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12406 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12407 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12408 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12409 instead.
12411 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12413 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12414 Mail to ADDRESS.
12416 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12418 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12419 Like `message-reply'.
12421 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12423 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12425 ;;;***
12427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12428 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12431 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12432 Send a notification on new message.
12433 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12434 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12435 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12437 This is typically a function to add in
12438 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12440 \(fn)" nil nil)
12442 ;;;***
12444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12445 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12448 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12449 Display picons in the From header.
12450 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12455 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12456 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12460 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12461 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12462 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12466 ;;;***
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12469 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12474 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12475 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12481 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12482 LIST1 is modified.
12484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12486 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12487 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12488 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12490 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12492 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12495 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12497 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12498 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12499 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12501 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12504 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12505 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12507 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12509 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12512 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12513 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12515 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12519 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12521 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12523 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12524 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12525 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12527 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12529 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12530 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12532 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12534 ;;;***
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21948
12537 ;;;;;; 40114 254686 453000))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12540 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12541 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12543 \(fn)" t nil)
12545 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12546 Install the registry hooks.
12548 \(fn)" t nil)
12550 ;;;***
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12553 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12556 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12557 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12558 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12559 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12560 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12561 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12565 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12566 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12567 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12568 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12569 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12571 \(fn)" t nil)
12573 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12578 ;;;***
12580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12581 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12584 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12585 Update the format specification near point.
12587 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12589 ;;;***
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12592 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12595 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12596 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12598 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21855 576 897951
12603 ;;;;;; 62000))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12606 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12607 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12608 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12610 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12612 ;;;***
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12615 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12619 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12623 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12624 Install the sync hooks.
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12628 ;;;***
12630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12631 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12634 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12635 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12637 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12639 ;;;***
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12642 ;;;;;; 720000))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12645 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12646 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12647 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12648 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12649 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12650 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12652 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12654 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12656 ;;;***
12658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12659 ;;;;;; 720000))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12662 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12663 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12665 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12666 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12667 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12669 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12670 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12671 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12673 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12674 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12676 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12677 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12679 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12681 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12683 ;;;***
12685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12686 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12689 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12691 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12692 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12693 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12694 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12695 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12697 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12699 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12700 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12701 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12702 or to send e-mail.
12703 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12704 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12706 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12707 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12709 \(fn)" t nil)
12710 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12712 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12713 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12715 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12716 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12720 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12721 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12725 ;;;***
12727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12728 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12731 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12732 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12733 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12735 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12737 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12738 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12740 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12742 ;;;***
12744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21903 51634 290370
12745 ;;;;;; 580000))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12748 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12749 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12751 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12753 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12754 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12755 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12756 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12757 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12759 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12760 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12761 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12763 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12765 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12766 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12767 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12768 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12769 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12771 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12773 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12774 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12776 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12778 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12779 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12781 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12782 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12783 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12785 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12786 The default find program.
12787 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12788 and others.")
12790 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12791 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12792 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12793 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12795 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12796 How to invoke find and grep.
12797 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12798 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12799 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12800 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12802 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12804 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12805 History list for grep.")
12807 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12808 History list for grep-find.")
12810 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12811 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12812 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12814 \(fn)" nil nil)
12816 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12819 \(fn)" nil nil)
12821 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12822 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12824 \(fn)" nil nil)
12826 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12827 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12828 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12829 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12830 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12832 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12833 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12835 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12836 can easily repeat a grep command.
12838 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12839 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12840 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12841 list is empty).
12843 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12845 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12846 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12847 Collect output in a buffer.
12848 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12849 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12851 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12852 easily repeat a find command.
12854 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12856 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12858 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12859 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12860 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12861 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12862 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12864 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12865 before it is executed.
12866 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12868 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12869 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12870 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12872 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12874 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12876 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12877 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12878 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12879 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12880 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12882 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12883 before it is executed.
12884 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12886 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12887 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12888 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12889 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12891 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12893 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12894 to specify a command to run.
12896 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12898 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12899 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12900 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12901 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12903 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12905 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12907 ;;;***
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12912 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12913 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12914 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12915 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12916 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12918 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12920 ;;;***
12922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12923 ;;;;;; 601000))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12926 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12927 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12928 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12929 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12931 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12933 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12934 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12935 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12936 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12938 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12940 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12941 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12942 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12943 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12945 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12947 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12948 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12949 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12950 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12952 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12953 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12955 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12957 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12958 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12959 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12960 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12962 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12964 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12965 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12966 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12967 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12969 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12971 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12972 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12973 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12974 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12976 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12978 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12979 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12980 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12981 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12982 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12984 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12985 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12986 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12987 original source file access method.
12989 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12990 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12992 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12994 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12995 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12997 \(fn)" t nil)
12999 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13000 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13001 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13004 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13006 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13008 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13009 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13012 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13016 ;;;***
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21916 4736 835897
13019 ;;;;;; 451000))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13022 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13023 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13024 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13025 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13026 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13027 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13028 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13029 set it to.
13030 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13032 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13034 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13035 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13036 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13037 of PLACE.
13038 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13039 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13040 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13041 and SETTER.
13042 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13043 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13045 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13047 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13049 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13050 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13051 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13052 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13053 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13055 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13057 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13059 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13062 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13064 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13066 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13068 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13069 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13070 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13071 well for simple place forms.
13072 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13073 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13074 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13075 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13076 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13077 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13078 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13080 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13082 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13084 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13085 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13086 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13087 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13088 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13090 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13091 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13092 (let ((temp VAL))
13093 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13094 temp)
13095 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13097 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13099 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13100 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13101 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13102 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13103 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13104 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13106 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13108 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13110 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13111 Return a reference to PLACE.
13112 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13113 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13114 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13115 binding mode.
13117 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13119 ;;;***
13121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13122 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13125 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13126 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13127 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13128 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13130 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13131 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13132 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13133 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13135 \(fn)" t nil)
13137 ;;;***
13139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13140 ;;;;;; 635000))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13143 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13144 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13146 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13148 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13149 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13150 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13151 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13153 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13155 \(fn)" t nil)
13157 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13158 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13159 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13160 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13161 to be updated.
13163 \(fn)" t nil)
13165 ;;;***
13167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13168 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13171 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13172 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13176 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13177 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13178 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13182 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13183 Verify a hashcash payment
13185 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13188 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13189 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13190 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13191 `mail-add-payment-async').
13193 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13195 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13196 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13197 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13198 Calculation is asynchronous.
13200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13202 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13203 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13204 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13208 ;;;***
13210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13211 ;;;;;; 720000))
13212 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13215 Return the help-echo string at point.
13216 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13217 property, or nil, is returned.
13218 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13219 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13220 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13222 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13224 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13225 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13226 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13227 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13228 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13230 \(fn)" nil nil)
13232 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13233 Display local help in the echo area.
13234 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13235 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13236 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13237 printed instead.
13239 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13240 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13241 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13245 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13246 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13247 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13251 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13252 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13253 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13255 \(fn)" t nil)
13257 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13258 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13259 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13260 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13261 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13262 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13263 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13264 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13265 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13266 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13267 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13269 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13270 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13271 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13272 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13273 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13275 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13276 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13277 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13278 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13279 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13280 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13281 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13282 The default is `never'.")
13284 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13286 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13287 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13288 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13289 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13290 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13291 considered different regions.
13293 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13294 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13295 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13296 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13297 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13298 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13299 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13300 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13301 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13303 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13305 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13306 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13307 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13308 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13309 different regions.
13311 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13312 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13313 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13314 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13315 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13316 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13317 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13318 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13320 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13321 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13322 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13323 rarely happens in practice.
13325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13327 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13328 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13329 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13330 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13331 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13332 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13336 ;;;***
13338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21915 42801 64409
13339 ;;;;;; 735000))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13342 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13343 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13345 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13347 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13348 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13349 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13351 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13353 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13354 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13355 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13356 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13357 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13358 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13359 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13361 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13362 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13363 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13364 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13365 suitable file is found, return nil.
13367 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13369 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13372 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13375 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13376 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13377 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13379 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13381 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13382 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13383 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13384 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13385 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13386 it is displayed along with the global value.
13388 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13390 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13391 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13392 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13394 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13396 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13397 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13398 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13399 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13403 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13404 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13405 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13406 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13407 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13411 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13412 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13414 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13416 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13417 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13419 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13421 ;;;***
13423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13424 ;;;;;; 720000))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13427 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13428 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13429 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13430 window listing and describing the options.
13431 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13432 gives the window that lists the options.")
13434 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13436 ;;;***
13438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21915 42801 64409
13439 ;;;;;; 735000))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13442 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13443 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13444 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13445 Commands:
13446 \\{help-mode-map}
13448 \(fn)" t nil)
13450 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13453 \(fn)" nil nil)
13455 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13458 \(fn)" nil nil)
13460 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13461 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13463 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13464 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13465 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13466 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13468 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13469 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13470 restore it properly when going back.
13472 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13474 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13475 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13476 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13477 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13478 from `help-mode'.
13479 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13480 it does not already exist.
13482 \(fn)" nil nil)
13484 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13485 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13487 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13488 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13489 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13490 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13491 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13492 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13493 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13494 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13496 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13497 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13498 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13499 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13501 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13502 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13503 that.
13505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13507 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13508 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13509 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13510 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13511 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13512 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13514 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13516 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13517 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13518 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13519 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13520 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13522 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13524 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13525 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13527 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13529 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13531 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13532 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13533 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13534 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13536 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13538 ;;;***
13540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13541 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13542 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13544 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13545 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13547 \(fn)" t nil)
13549 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13550 Provide help for current mode.
13552 \(fn)" t nil)
13554 ;;;***
13556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13559 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13560 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13561 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13562 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13563 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13565 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13566 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13568 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13569 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13570 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13571 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13573 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13574 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13575 periods.
13577 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13578 in hexl format.
13580 A sample format:
13582 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13583 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13584 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13585 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13586 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13587 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13588 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13589 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13590 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13591 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13592 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13593 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13594 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13595 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13596 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13598 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13599 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13600 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13602 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13603 also supported.
13605 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13607 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13608 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13609 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13611 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13612 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13613 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13615 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13616 into the buffer at the current point.
13618 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13619 into the buffer at the current point.
13621 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13622 into the buffer at the current point.
13624 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13626 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13627 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13629 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13631 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13635 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13636 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13637 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13638 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13640 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13642 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13643 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13644 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13646 \(fn)" t nil)
13648 ;;;***
13650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13653 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13654 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13655 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13656 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13657 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13659 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13660 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13661 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13662 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13664 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13665 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13666 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13667 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13669 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13670 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13671 which can be called interactively, are:
13673 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13674 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13676 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13677 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13678 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13679 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13681 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13682 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13684 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13685 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13686 available face automatically.
13688 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13689 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13691 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13692 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13693 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13694 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13695 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13696 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13697 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13698 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13699 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13700 function returns t.
13702 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13703 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13705 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13706 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13707 form:
13708 Hi-lock: FOO
13710 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13711 position (number of characters into buffer)
13712 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13713 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13714 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13719 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13720 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13723 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13725 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13727 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13728 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13729 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13730 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13731 ARG is omitted or nil.
13733 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13734 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13735 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13739 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13741 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13742 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13743 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13744 Use the global history list for FACE.
13746 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13747 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13748 highlighting will not update as you type.
13750 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13752 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13754 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13755 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13756 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13757 Use the global history list for FACE.
13759 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13760 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13761 highlighting will not update as you type.
13763 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13765 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13767 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13768 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13769 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13770 Use the global history list for FACE.
13772 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13773 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13774 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13776 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13777 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13778 highlighting will not update as you type.
13780 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13782 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13784 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13785 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13786 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13787 unless you use a prefix argument.
13788 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13790 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13791 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13795 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13797 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13798 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13799 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13800 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13801 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13802 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13804 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13806 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13807 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13809 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13810 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13811 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13813 \(fn)" t nil)
13815 ;;;***
13817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13818 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13821 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13822 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13827 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13828 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13829 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13830 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13832 `hide-ifdef-env'
13833 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13834 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13835 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13836 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13837 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13838 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13839 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13841 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13842 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13843 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13844 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13845 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13847 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13848 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13849 #endif lines when hiding.
13851 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13852 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13853 is activated.
13855 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13856 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13857 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13859 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13863 ;;;***
13865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13866 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13869 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13870 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13871 Each element has the form
13872 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13874 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13875 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13877 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13878 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13880 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13881 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13882 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13883 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13884 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13885 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13887 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13888 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13890 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13891 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13893 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13894 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13895 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13897 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13898 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13900 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13901 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13903 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13904 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13905 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13907 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13908 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13909 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13911 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13912 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13914 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13916 Key bindings:
13917 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13921 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13922 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13924 \(fn)" nil nil)
13926 ;;;***
13928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13929 ;;;;;; 720000))
13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13932 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13933 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13934 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13935 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13936 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13938 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13939 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13940 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13941 this on and off.
13943 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13944 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13945 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13946 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13947 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13948 through various faces.
13949 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13950 buffer with the contents of a file
13951 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13955 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13956 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13958 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13959 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13961 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13962 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13963 in a distinctive face.
13965 The default value can be customized with variable
13966 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13968 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13973 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13974 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13978 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13979 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13983 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13984 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13986 \(fn)" t nil)
13988 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13989 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13991 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13992 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13993 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13994 shown in the last face in the list.
13996 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13997 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13998 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14000 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14002 \(fn)" t nil)
14004 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14005 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14007 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14009 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14010 to save the file.
14012 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14013 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14015 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14016 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14017 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14019 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14021 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14022 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14024 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14025 this function is called interactively.
14027 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14028 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14029 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14031 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14032 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14033 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14035 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14037 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14038 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14039 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14042 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14044 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14046 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14047 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14048 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14049 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14050 ARG is omitted or nil.
14052 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14053 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14054 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14058 ;;;***
14060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14061 ;;;;;; 630000))
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14063 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14065 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14066 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14067 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14068 or insert functions in this list.")
14070 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14072 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14073 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14074 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14075 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14076 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14077 expansions.
14078 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14079 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14080 undoes the expansion.
14082 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14084 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14085 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14086 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14087 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14089 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14091 ;;;***
14093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14094 ;;;;;; 720000))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14097 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14098 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14100 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14101 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14103 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14104 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14105 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14106 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14107 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14108 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14110 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14111 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14112 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14113 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14117 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14118 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14119 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14122 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14124 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14126 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14127 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14132 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14133 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14134 windows.
14136 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14137 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14141 ;;;***
14143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14145 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14147 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14148 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14149 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14151 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14153 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14155 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14156 Oriental holidays.
14157 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14159 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14161 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14163 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14164 Local holidays.
14165 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14167 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14169 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14171 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14172 User defined holidays.
14173 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14175 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14177 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14179 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14180 Jewish holidays.
14181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14185 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14187 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14188 Christian holidays.
14189 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14191 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14193 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14195 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14196 Islamic holidays.
14197 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14199 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14201 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14203 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14204 Bahá'í holidays.
14205 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14207 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14209 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14211 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14212 Sun-related holidays.
14213 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14215 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14217 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14219 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14221 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14222 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14223 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14224 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14228 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14229 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14230 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14231 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14232 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14234 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14235 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14237 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14238 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14240 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14241 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14242 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14243 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14244 of a holiday list.
14246 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14248 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14250 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14252 ;;;***
14254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14255 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14258 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14259 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14261 \(fn)" t nil)
14263 ;;;***
14265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14266 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14268 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14270 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14271 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14272 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14273 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14274 as possible.
14276 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14277 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14278 fontified display.
14280 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14281 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14283 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14284 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14285 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14287 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14289 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14290 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14291 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14293 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14295 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14297 ;;;***
14299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14300 ;;;;;; 720000))
14301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14303 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14304 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14306 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14307 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14308 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14310 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14311 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14312 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14313 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14314 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14315 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14317 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14318 title of the column.
14320 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14321 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14322 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14323 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14324 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14326 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14328 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14330 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14331 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14332 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14333 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14334 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14336 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14337 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14338 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14340 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14342 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14344 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14346 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14347 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14348 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14349 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14350 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14351 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14353 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14354 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14355 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14356 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14357 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14358 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14359 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14360 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14361 values are:
14362 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14363 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14364 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14365 buffer's modification flag.
14366 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14367 prompted before performing this operation.
14368 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14369 operation is complete, in the form:
14370 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14371 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14372 confirmation message, in the form:
14373 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14374 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14375 macro for exactly what it does.
14377 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14379 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14381 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14383 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14384 Define a filter named NAME.
14385 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14386 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14387 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14389 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14390 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14391 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14392 bound to the current value of the filter.
14394 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14396 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14398 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14400 ;;;***
14402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14405 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14406 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14407 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14408 buffers which are visiting a file.
14410 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14412 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14413 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14414 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14415 buffers which are visiting a file.
14417 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14419 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14420 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14421 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14423 All arguments are optional.
14424 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14425 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14426 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14427 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14428 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14429 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14430 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14431 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14432 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14433 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14434 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14435 that value locally in this buffer.
14437 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14439 ;;;***
14441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21934
14442 ;;;;;; 7227 609892 708000))
14443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14444 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14446 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14447 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14448 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14449 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14451 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14453 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14454 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14455 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14456 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14457 ICAL-FILENAME.
14458 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14459 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14460 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14462 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14464 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14465 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14466 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14467 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14468 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14469 non-marking or not.
14471 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14473 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14474 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14476 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14477 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14478 DIARY-FILE.
14480 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14481 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14482 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14484 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14485 non-marking.
14487 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14488 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14489 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14491 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14493 ;;;***
14495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21852 24381 607274
14496 ;;;;;; 219000))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14499 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14500 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14501 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14504 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14506 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14508 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14509 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14514 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14515 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14516 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14517 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14519 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14520 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14522 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14523 completions:
14525 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14528 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14529 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14530 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14531 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14533 ;;;***
14535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14536 ;;;;;; 720000))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14539 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14540 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14541 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14542 Tab indents for Icon code.
14543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14545 \\{icon-mode-map}
14546 Variables controlling indentation style:
14547 icon-tab-always-indent
14548 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14549 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14550 icon-auto-newline
14551 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14552 inserted in Icon code.
14553 icon-indent-level
14554 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14555 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14556 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14557 icon-continued-statement-offset
14558 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14559 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14560 icon-continued-brace-offset
14561 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14562 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14563 icon-brace-offset
14564 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14565 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14566 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14567 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14569 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14570 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14572 \(fn)" t nil)
14574 ;;;***
14576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21855
14577 ;;;;;; 577 397944 786000))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14580 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14581 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14582 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14583 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14585 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14586 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14587 separate frames.
14589 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14590 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14592 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14593 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14594 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14598 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14600 ;;;***
14602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21948 40114
14603 ;;;;;; 438686 453000))
14604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14605 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14607 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14608 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14610 The main features of this mode are
14612 1. Indentation and Formatting
14613 --------------------------
14614 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14615 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14617 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14618 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14619 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14620 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14622 Comments are indented as follows:
14624 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14625 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14626 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14628 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14630 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14631 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14632 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14633 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14634 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14635 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14637 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14638 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14639 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14640 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14642 2. Routine Info
14643 ------------
14644 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14645 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14646 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14647 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14648 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14649 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14650 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14651 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14652 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14653 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14655 3. Online IDL Help
14656 ---------------
14658 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14659 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14660 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14661 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14663 4. Completion
14664 ----------
14665 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14666 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14667 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14668 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14669 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14670 upper case.
14672 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14673 --------------------------------
14674 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14675 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14677 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14678 \\fu FUNCTION template
14679 \\c CASE statement template
14680 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14681 \\f FOR loop template
14682 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14683 \\w WHILE loop template
14684 \\i IF statement template
14685 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14686 \\b BEGIN
14688 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14689 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14691 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14692 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14693 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14694 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14696 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14697 -------------------------
14698 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14699 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14701 7. Automatic END completion
14702 ------------------------
14703 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14704 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14706 8. Hooks
14707 -----
14708 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14709 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14711 9. Documentation and Customization
14712 -------------------------------
14713 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14714 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14715 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14716 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14717 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14718 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14720 10.Keybindings
14721 -----------
14722 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14723 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14724 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14726 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14730 ;;;***
14732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21909 4018 621671 120000))
14733 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14735 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14736 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14737 The following values are possible:
14738 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14739 displaying...)
14740 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14741 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14742 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14745 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14747 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14749 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14750 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14751 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14752 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14753 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14754 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14755 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14756 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14757 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14761 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another buffer.
14763 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14764 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14765 in another frame.
14767 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14768 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14769 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14770 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14771 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14773 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14774 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14776 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14778 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14779 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14780 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14781 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14782 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14783 in a separate window.
14784 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14785 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14787 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14789 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14790 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14791 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14792 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14796 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14798 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14804 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14805 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14810 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14811 Kill a buffer.
14812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14817 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14818 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14819 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14824 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14825 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14826 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14831 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14832 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14834 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14836 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14837 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14838 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14839 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14840 in another frame.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14843 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14844 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14845 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14846 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14847 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14849 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14850 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14852 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14854 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14855 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14856 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14857 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14858 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14859 in a separate window.
14860 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14861 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14862 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14863 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14864 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14865 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14866 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14867 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14868 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14869 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14870 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14871 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14876 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14881 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14888 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14895 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14896 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14902 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14903 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14909 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14910 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14911 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14916 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14917 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14918 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14919 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14923 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14924 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14925 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14926 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14928 \(fn)" t nil)
14930 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14931 Write current buffer to a file.
14932 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14933 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14935 \(fn)" t nil)
14937 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14938 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14939 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14940 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14944 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14945 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14946 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14951 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14953 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14954 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14955 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14956 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14958 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14960 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14961 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14962 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14963 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14965 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14967 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14968 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14969 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14970 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14972 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14974 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14975 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14976 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14977 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14978 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14979 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14980 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14981 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14982 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14983 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14984 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14985 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14986 with point positioned at the end.
14987 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14988 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14990 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14992 ;;;***
14994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14997 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14998 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14999 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15000 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15002 \(fn)" t nil)
15004 ;;;***
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15009 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15011 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15012 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15014 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15015 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15016 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15020 ;;;***
15022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15025 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15026 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15027 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15028 be determined.
15030 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15033 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15034 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15035 be determined.
15037 \(fn)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15040 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15041 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15042 be determined.
15044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15047 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15049 be determined.
15051 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15053 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15054 Determine and return image type.
15055 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15056 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15057 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15058 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15059 use its file extension as image type.
15060 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15062 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15064 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15065 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15066 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15068 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15070 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15071 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15072 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15074 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15075 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15076 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15077 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15078 must be available.
15080 \(fn)" nil nil)
15082 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15083 Create an image.
15084 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15085 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15086 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15087 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15088 use its file extension as image type.
15089 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15090 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15091 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15092 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15094 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15096 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15097 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15098 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15100 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15102 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15103 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15104 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15105 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15106 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15107 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15108 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15109 POS may be an integer or marker.
15110 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15111 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15112 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15113 means display it in the right marginal area.
15115 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15117 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15118 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15119 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15120 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15121 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15122 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15123 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15124 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15125 means display it in the right marginal area.
15126 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15127 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15128 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15129 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15130 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15132 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15135 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15137 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15138 STRING is a single space.
15139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15142 means display it in the right marginal area.
15143 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15145 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15147 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15148 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15149 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15150 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15152 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15154 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15155 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15157 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15159 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15160 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15161 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15162 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15163 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15164 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15165 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15166 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15167 satisfied.
15169 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15171 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15173 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15175 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15176 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15178 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15179 documentation string.
15181 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15182 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15183 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15184 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15185 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15186 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15187 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15188 define SYMBOL.
15190 Example:
15192 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15193 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15195 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15197 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15199 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15200 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15201 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15202 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15204 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15205 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15206 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15207 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15209 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15211 \(fn)" nil nil)
15213 ;;;***
15215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15216 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15218 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15221 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15222 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15223 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15224 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15225 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15229 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15230 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15232 Convenience command that:
15234 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15235 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15236 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15238 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15239 image files in dired and type
15240 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15242 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15244 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15245 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15247 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15249 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15250 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15251 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15252 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15253 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15254 another one).
15256 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15257 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15258 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15260 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15261 instead of erasing it first.
15263 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15264 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15265 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15266 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15267 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15268 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15270 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15272 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15273 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15274 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15275 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15276 displayed.
15278 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15280 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15282 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15284 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15285 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15287 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15289 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15290 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15291 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15295 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15296 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15298 \(fn)" t nil)
15300 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15301 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15302 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15303 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15307 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15308 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15310 \(fn)" t nil)
15312 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15313 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15315 \(fn)" t nil)
15317 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15318 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15320 \(fn)" t nil)
15322 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15323 Display current image file.
15324 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15325 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15330 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15332 \(fn)" t nil)
15334 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15335 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15336 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15337 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15338 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15339 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15340 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15342 \(fn)" t nil)
15344 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15345 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15346 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15347 easy-to-use form.
15349 \(fn)" t nil)
15351 ;;;***
15353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15354 ;;;;;; 720000))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15357 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15358 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15359 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15360 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15362 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15363 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15364 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15365 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15367 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15369 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15370 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15371 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15372 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15374 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15375 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15376 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15377 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15379 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15381 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15384 \(fn)" nil nil)
15386 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15387 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15388 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15389 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15391 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15393 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15394 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15395 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15398 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15400 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15402 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15403 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15408 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15409 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15410 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15414 ;;;***
15416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15417 ;;;;;; 27000))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15420 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15421 Major mode for image files.
15422 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15423 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15425 Key bindings:
15426 \\{image-mode-map}
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15430 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15431 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15434 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15436 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15437 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15438 actual image.
15440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15442 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15443 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15444 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15445 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15446 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15447 to display an image file as the actual image.
15449 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15450 to display an image file as text initially.
15452 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15453 on these modes.
15455 \(fn)" t nil)
15457 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15460 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15462 ;;;***
15464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21948 40114 294686 453000))
15465 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15467 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15468 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15470 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15472 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15473 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15474 in the buffer.
15476 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15478 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15479 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15480 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15482 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15484 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15485 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15486 Each element of this list should have the form
15488 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15490 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15491 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15492 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15493 matches are put).
15494 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15495 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15496 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15497 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15498 another element.
15499 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15500 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15501 the menu item.
15502 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15503 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15504 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15505 the ARGUMENTS.
15507 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15508 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15509 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15511 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15512 create a buffer index.
15514 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15515 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15516 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15517 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15518 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15520 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15522 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15523 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15525 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15526 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15527 called within a `save-excursion'.
15529 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15531 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15533 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15534 Function for finding the next index position.
15536 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15537 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15538 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15539 file.
15541 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15542 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15544 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15546 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15547 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15549 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15550 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15551 It should return the name for that index item.")
15553 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15555 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15556 Function to compare string with index item.
15558 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15559 non-nil if they match.
15561 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15562 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15563 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15564 arguments match\".")
15566 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15568 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15569 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15570 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15572 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15573 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15575 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15577 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15579 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15580 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15581 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15582 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15584 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15586 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15587 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15589 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15591 \(fn)" t nil)
15593 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15594 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15595 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15596 for more information.
15598 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15600 ;;;***
15602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15603 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15606 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15607 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15609 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15611 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15614 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15616 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15619 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15621 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15624 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15626 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15627 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15629 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15631 ;;;***
15633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21887 31404
15634 ;;;;;; 272735 656000))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15637 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15638 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15639 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15640 to that buffer.
15641 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15642 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15643 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15646 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15648 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15650 ;;;***
15652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21931 31023 745164 572000))
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15655 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15656 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15657 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15658 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15659 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15660 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15661 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15662 first in this list.
15664 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15665 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15666 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15667 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15668 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15670 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15671 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15672 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15674 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15675 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15677 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15678 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15680 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15681 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15682 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15683 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15684 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15685 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15686 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15687 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15688 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15689 with the top-level Info directory.
15691 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15692 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15694 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15696 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15697 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15698 in all the directories in that path.
15700 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15702 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15704 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15705 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15709 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15710 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15714 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15715 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15716 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15717 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15719 \(fn)" nil nil)
15721 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15722 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15723 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15724 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15726 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15728 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15729 Go to the Info directory node.
15731 \(fn)" t nil)
15733 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15734 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15735 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15736 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15737 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15738 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15740 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15742 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15743 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15744 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15746 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15748 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15749 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15750 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15751 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15752 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15754 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15756 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15757 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15758 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15759 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15760 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15762 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15763 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15765 Selecting other nodes:
15766 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15767 Follow a node reference you click on.
15768 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15769 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15770 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15771 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15772 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15773 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15774 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15775 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15776 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15777 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15778 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15779 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15780 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15781 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15782 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15783 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15784 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15785 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15786 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15787 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15789 Moving within a node:
15790 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15791 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15792 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15793 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15794 move up to the parent node.
15795 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15796 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15797 if there is none.
15798 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15800 Advanced commands:
15801 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15802 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15803 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15804 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15805 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15806 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15807 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15808 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15809 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15810 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15811 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15812 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15813 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15814 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15815 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15816 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15818 \(fn)" t nil)
15819 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15821 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15822 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15823 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15824 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15825 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15826 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15828 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15829 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15831 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15832 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15833 KEY is a string.
15834 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15835 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15836 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15837 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15839 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15841 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15842 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15843 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15845 \(fn)" t nil)
15847 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15848 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15849 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15851 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15853 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15854 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15855 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15856 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15857 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15858 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15860 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15862 ;;;***
15864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15865 ;;;;;; 873000))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15868 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15869 Throw away all cached data.
15870 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15871 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15872 system.
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15875 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15877 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15878 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15879 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15880 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15881 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15882 one found at point.
15884 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15886 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15887 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15889 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15890 Display the documentation of a file.
15891 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15892 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15893 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15894 The default file name is the one found at point.
15896 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15898 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15900 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15901 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15903 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15905 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15906 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15908 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15910 ;;;***
15912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15913 ;;;;;; 720000))
15914 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15915 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15917 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15918 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15919 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15920 current info file is the default.
15922 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15923 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15924 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15925 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15926 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15928 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15929 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15930 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15931 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15932 mistake in the reference.
15934 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15935 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15936 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15938 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15939 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15940 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15941 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15945 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15946 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15947 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15948 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15949 checked.
15951 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15952 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15953 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15954 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15955 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15956 should be harmless.
15958 \(fn)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15961 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15962 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15963 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15965 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15966 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15967 and can take a long time.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15972 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15973 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15975 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15977 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15978 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15980 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15981 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15982 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15983 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15984 all builtins).
15986 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15987 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15988 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15989 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15990 the sources handy.
15992 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15994 ;;;***
15996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15997 ;;;;;; 720000))
15998 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16000 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16001 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16003 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16005 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16006 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16008 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16010 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16011 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16012 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16013 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16015 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16016 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16017 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16019 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16020 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16021 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16022 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16024 \(fn)" t nil)
16026 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16027 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16028 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16030 \(fn)" t nil)
16032 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16033 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16034 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16035 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16036 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16038 \(fn)" nil nil)
16040 ;;;***
16042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16043 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16046 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16049 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16051 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16053 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16055 ;;;***
16057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16058 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16060 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16062 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16063 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16064 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16066 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16068 ;;;***
16070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16071 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16074 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16075 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16077 \(fn)" t nil)
16079 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16080 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16082 \(fn)" t nil)
16084 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16087 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16089 ;;;***
16091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16092 ;;;;;; 256000))
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16094 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16096 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16097 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16098 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16099 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16100 accessed via isearchb.
16102 \(fn)" t nil)
16104 ;;;***
16106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16107 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16110 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16111 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16112 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16113 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16114 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16116 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16118 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16119 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16120 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16121 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16122 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16124 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16126 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16127 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16128 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16129 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16130 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16132 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16134 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16135 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16136 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16137 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16138 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16142 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16143 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16144 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16145 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16146 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16148 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16150 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16151 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16152 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16153 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16154 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16156 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16158 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16159 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16160 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16161 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16162 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16164 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16167 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16168 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16169 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16171 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16173 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16174 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16175 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16176 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16178 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16181 Warn that format is read-only.
16183 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16185 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16186 Warn that format is write-only.
16188 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16190 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16191 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16193 \(fn)" t nil)
16195 ;;;***
16197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16198 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16200 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16201 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16203 ;;;***
16205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21855 577 527945
16206 ;;;;;; 248000))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16209 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16211 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16212 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16213 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16214 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16215 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16217 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16219 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16221 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16222 Key map for ispell menu.")
16224 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16225 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16226 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16227 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16229 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16231 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16233 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16235 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16237 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16238 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16239 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16240 Valid forms include:
16241 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16242 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16243 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16244 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16246 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16247 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16248 First list is used raw.
16249 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16251 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16252 for skipping in latex mode.")
16254 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16255 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16256 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16257 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16258 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16259 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16260 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16262 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16263 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16264 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16265 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16267 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16268 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16269 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16270 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16271 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16273 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16274 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16276 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16277 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16279 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16280 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16282 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16283 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16285 Return values:
16286 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16287 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16288 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16289 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16290 quit spell session exited.
16292 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16294 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16295 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16296 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16298 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16300 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16301 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16303 Selections are:
16305 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16306 SPC: Accept word this time.
16307 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16308 `a': Accept word for this session.
16309 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16310 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16311 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16312 `?': Show these commands.
16313 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16314 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16315 the aborted check to be completed later.
16316 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16317 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16318 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16319 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16320 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16321 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16322 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16324 \(fn)" nil nil)
16326 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16327 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16328 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16329 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16331 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16333 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16334 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16335 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16336 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16338 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16340 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16342 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16343 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16344 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16345 amount for last line processed.
16347 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16349 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16350 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16352 \(fn)" t nil)
16354 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16355 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16357 \(fn)" t nil)
16359 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16360 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16361 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16363 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16365 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16366 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16368 \(fn)" t nil)
16370 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16371 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16372 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16373 sequence inside of a word.
16375 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16377 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16379 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16380 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16382 \(fn)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16385 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16386 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16387 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16389 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16390 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16391 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16392 available on the net.
16394 \(fn)" t nil)
16396 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16397 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16402 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16403 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16404 spelled.
16406 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16407 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16408 SPC.
16410 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16411 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16415 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16416 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16417 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16418 Don't check included messages.
16420 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16421 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16422 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16424 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16425 in your init file:
16426 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16427 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16428 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16429 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16431 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16432 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16433 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16435 \(fn)" t nil)
16437 ;;;***
16439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16440 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16443 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16446 \(fn)" nil nil)
16448 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16449 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16450 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16451 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16452 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16453 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16454 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16455 necessary to represent OBJ.
16457 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16459 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16460 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16461 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16462 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16464 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16466 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16467 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16468 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16469 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16470 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16472 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16474 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16475 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16476 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16477 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16479 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16481 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16482 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16483 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16484 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16486 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16488 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16489 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16491 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16493 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16494 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16495 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16496 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16497 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16499 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16501 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16502 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16503 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16504 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16505 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16507 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16509 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16510 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16511 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16513 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16515 ;;;***
16517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16518 ;;;;;; 720000))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16521 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16522 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16523 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16524 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16526 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16529 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16531 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16532 Uninstall jka-compr.
16533 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16534 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16535 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16537 \(fn)" nil nil)
16539 ;;;***
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21931 31023 761164
16542 ;;;;;; 572000))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16544 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16546 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16547 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16549 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16552 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16554 ;;;***
16556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16557 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16558 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16560 ;;;***
16562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16563 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16566 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16567 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16568 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16569 decimal key must be specified.")
16571 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16573 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16574 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16575 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16576 decimal key must be specified.")
16578 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16580 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16581 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16582 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16583 decimal key must be specified.")
16585 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16587 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16588 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16589 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16590 decimal key must be specified.")
16592 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16594 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16595 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16596 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16597 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16598 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16599 keys are bound.
16601 Setup Binding
16602 -------------------------------------------------------------
16603 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16604 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16605 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16606 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16607 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16608 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16609 in the global and local keymaps.
16611 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16612 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16614 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16616 ;;;***
16618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16619 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16620 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16622 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16623 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16624 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16626 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16627 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16628 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16629 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16630 shorter.
16632 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16633 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16634 the context of text formatting.
16636 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16638 ;;;***
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16641 ;;;;;; 720000))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16644 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16645 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16646 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16647 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16648 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16649 positions that contains the current selection.")
16651 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16652 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16653 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16654 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16655 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16656 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16657 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16661 ;;;***
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16665 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16666 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16667 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16668 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16669 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16670 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16671 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16673 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16674 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16675 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16677 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16679 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16680 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16681 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16682 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16683 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16685 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16687 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16688 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16689 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16691 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16692 defining the macro.
16694 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16695 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16696 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16698 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16699 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16703 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16704 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16705 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16706 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16707 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16708 under that name.
16710 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16711 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16712 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16714 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16716 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16717 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16718 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16719 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16721 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16722 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16723 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16724 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16726 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16727 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16729 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16731 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16732 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16733 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16735 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16736 macro.
16738 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16739 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16741 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16742 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16743 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16745 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16746 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16750 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16751 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16752 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16753 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16755 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16757 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16758 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16759 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16760 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16762 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16763 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16765 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16767 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16768 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16769 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16771 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16773 ;;;***
16775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16776 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16779 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16780 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16781 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16783 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16786 \(fn)" nil nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16791 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16794 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16797 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16799 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16800 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16801 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16802 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16803 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16804 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16806 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16807 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16809 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16811 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16812 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16816 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16819 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16821 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16826 ;;;***
16828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16829 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16832 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16833 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16834 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16835 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16837 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16839 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16840 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16841 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16843 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16845 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16846 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16847 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16849 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16851 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16852 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16853 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16854 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16856 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16858 ;;;***
16860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16861 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16864 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16865 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16866 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16867 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16868 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16869 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16870 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16871 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16873 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16874 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16877 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16879 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16881 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16882 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16883 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16884 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16885 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16886 `latin1-display-setup'.
16888 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16890 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16891 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16892 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16893 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16896 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16898 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16900 ;;;***
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16903 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16906 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16907 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16909 \(fn)" t nil)
16911 ;;;***
16913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16914 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16916 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16918 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16919 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16920 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16921 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16923 For instance, the following code
16925 (let-alist alist
16926 (if (and .title .body)
16927 .body
16928 .site
16929 .site.contents))
16931 essentially expands to
16933 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16934 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16935 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16936 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16937 (if (and .title .body)
16938 .body
16939 .site
16940 .site.contents))
16942 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16943 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16944 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16945 displayed in the example above.
16947 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16949 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16951 ;;;***
16953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16956 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16957 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16958 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16959 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16960 generations (this defaults to 1).
16962 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16964 ;;;***
16966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16967 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16968 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16970 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16971 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16973 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16974 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16976 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16980 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16981 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16982 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16985 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16987 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16989 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16990 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16991 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16992 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16993 ARG is omitted or nil.
16995 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16996 `linum-on' would do it.
16997 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17001 ;;;***
17003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
17004 ;;;;;; 720000))
17005 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17007 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17008 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17009 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17010 is nil, raise an error.
17012 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17013 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17014 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17015 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17016 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17017 defined by the library.
17019 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17020 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17021 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17022 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17023 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17024 proceeds.
17026 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17027 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17028 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17029 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17031 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17033 ;;;***
17035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17038 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17039 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17040 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17042 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17044 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17045 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17046 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17047 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17049 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17050 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17051 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17052 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17053 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17054 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17055 the version.)
17057 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17058 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17060 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17061 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17063 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17064 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17066 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17068 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17069 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17070 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17071 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17072 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17073 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17074 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17075 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17076 to constrain a big search.
17078 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17080 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17081 except that FILTER is not optional.
17083 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17085 ;;;***
17087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21942 1330 837986
17088 ;;;;;; 820000))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17091 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17092 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17093 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17094 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17095 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17096 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17097 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17098 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17099 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17100 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17102 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17103 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17104 associated values:
17105 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17106 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17107 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17108 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17109 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17111 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17112 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17113 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17115 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17117 ;;;***
17119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17120 ;;;;;; 749000))
17121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17123 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17124 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17128 ;;;***
17130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17133 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17134 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17136 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17137 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17139 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17140 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17141 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17143 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17144 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17146 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17147 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17148 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17149 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17150 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17151 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17152 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17154 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17156 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17157 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17158 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17159 switch on this list.
17160 See `lpr-command'.")
17162 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17164 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17165 Name of program for printing a file.
17167 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17168 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17169 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17170 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17171 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17172 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17173 argument.")
17175 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17177 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17178 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17179 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17180 for customization of the printer command.
17182 \(fn)" t nil)
17184 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17185 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17187 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17188 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17189 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17190 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17192 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17193 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17195 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17196 for further customization of the printer command.
17198 \(fn)" t nil)
17200 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17201 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17202 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17203 for customization of the printer command.
17205 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17207 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17208 Paginate and print the region contents.
17210 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17211 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17212 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17213 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17215 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17216 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17218 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17219 for further customization of the printer command.
17221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17223 ;;;***
17225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21907 48688 729360
17226 ;;;;;; 195000))
17227 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17229 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17230 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17231 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17233 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17235 ;;;***
17237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17238 ;;;;;; 725000))
17239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17241 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17242 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17243 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17244 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17248 ;;;***
17250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17251 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17254 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17255 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17257 \(fn)" t nil)
17259 ;;;***
17261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17264 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17265 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17266 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17267 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17268 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17270 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17272 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17273 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17274 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17275 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17276 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17278 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17279 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17280 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17281 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17282 bindings.
17284 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17285 use this command, and then save the file.
17287 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17289 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17290 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17291 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17292 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17293 each time the macro executes.
17294 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17295 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17296 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17297 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17298 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17299 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17300 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17302 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17304 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17305 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17306 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17307 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17309 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17310 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17311 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17312 execute.
17314 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17315 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17317 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17318 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17319 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17320 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17321 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17323 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17324 looked like this:
17326 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17327 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17328 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17330 You could enter the names in this format:
17336 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17338 \\C-x (
17339 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17340 \\C-x )
17342 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17343 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17345 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17346 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17348 ;;;***
17350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17351 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17354 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17355 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17356 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17357 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17358 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17359 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17361 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17362 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17363 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17364 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17365 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17367 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17368 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17369 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17370 consing a string.)
17372 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17374 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17375 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17377 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17379 ;;;***
17381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17382 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17385 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17386 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17390 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17393 \(fn)" nil nil)
17395 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17396 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17398 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17400 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17401 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17402 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17403 message.
17405 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17407 \(fn)" nil nil)
17409 ;;;***
17411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17412 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17413 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17415 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17416 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17417 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17418 often correct parser.")
17420 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17422 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17423 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17424 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17425 a value which excludes your own email address.
17427 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17428 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17430 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17432 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17433 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17435 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17437 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17438 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17439 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17440 we return it unconverted.
17442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17443 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17445 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17447 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17448 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17449 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17450 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17452 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17454 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17455 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17456 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17457 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17459 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17461 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17462 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17463 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17464 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17465 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17466 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17467 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17468 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17469 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17470 as Rmail does.
17472 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17474 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17475 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17476 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17477 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17478 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17479 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17480 matches may be returned from the message body.
17482 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17484 ;;;***
17486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17487 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17488 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17490 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17491 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17492 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17495 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17497 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17499 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17500 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17505 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17506 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17507 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17508 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17512 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17513 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17515 \(fn)" nil nil)
17517 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17518 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17519 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17521 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17523 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17524 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17525 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17527 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17528 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17529 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17530 double-quotes.
17532 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17534 ;;;***
17536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17537 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17540 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17541 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17542 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17543 king@grassland.com
17544 If `parens', they look like:
17545 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17546 If `angles', they look like:
17547 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17549 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17551 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17552 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17553 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17554 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17555 their `Resent-' variants.
17557 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17558 removed from alias expansions.
17560 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17562 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17563 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17564 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17566 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17567 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17568 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17569 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17571 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17573 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17574 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17575 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17577 \(fn)" nil nil)
17579 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17580 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17581 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17582 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17586 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17588 ;;;***
17590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17591 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17594 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17595 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17596 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17597 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17599 \(fn)" nil nil)
17601 ;;;***
17603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21907
17604 ;;;;;; 48688 777360 195000))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17607 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17608 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17610 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17611 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17612 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17613 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17614 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17615 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17617 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17618 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17619 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17620 dependency, despite the colon.
17622 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17624 In the browser, use the following keys:
17626 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17628 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17630 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17631 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17633 `makefile-target-colon':
17634 The string that gets appended to all target names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17636 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17638 `makefile-macro-assign':
17639 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17640 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17641 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17642 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17643 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17644 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17646 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17647 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17648 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17650 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17651 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17653 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17654 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17655 up or down in the browser.
17657 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17658 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17660 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17661 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17663 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17665 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17666 has been selected in the browser.
17668 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17669 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17670 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17671 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17672 filenames are omitted.
17674 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17675 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17676 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17677 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17678 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17679 the backslash itself intact.
17680 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17681 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17683 `makefile-browser-hook':
17684 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17685 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17687 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17688 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17689 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17690 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17692 \(fn)" t nil)
17694 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17697 \(fn)" t nil)
17699 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17704 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17707 \(fn)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17712 \(fn)" t nil)
17714 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17715 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17717 \(fn)" t nil)
17719 ;;;***
17721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17722 ;;;;;; 720000))
17723 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17725 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17726 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17727 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17731 ;;;***
17733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17736 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17738 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17739 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17740 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17741 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17742 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17743 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17744 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17745 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17746 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17747 without running the man command.
17749 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17750 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17751 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17753 cat(1)
17754 1 cat
17756 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17757 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17758 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17759 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17761 -a chmod
17763 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17764 otherwise look like a page name.
17766 /my/file/name.1.gz
17767 -l somefile.1
17769 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17770 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17771 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17773 -k pattern
17775 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17778 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17780 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17783 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17785 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17787 ;;;***
17789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (21919 39857 593327
17790 ;;;;;; 44000))
17791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17792 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17794 ;;;***
17796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17798 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17800 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17801 Toggle Master mode.
17802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17806 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17807 using the following commands:
17809 \\{master-mode-map}
17811 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17812 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17813 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17817 ;;;***
17819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17820 ;;;;;; 720000))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17823 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17824 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17825 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17828 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17830 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17832 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17833 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17834 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17835 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17836 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17838 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17839 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17840 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17841 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17845 ;;;***
17847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17849 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17851 ;;;***
17853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21855 576 917950
17854 ;;;;;; 620000))
17855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17857 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17859 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17860 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17861 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17862 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17863 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17864 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17865 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17866 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17867 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17868 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17869 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17870 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17871 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17872 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17873 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17874 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17875 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17876 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17877 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17878 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17879 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17880 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17881 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17882 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17883 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17884 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17885 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17886 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17887 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17888 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17889 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17890 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17891 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17892 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17893 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17894 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17895 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17896 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17898 \(fn)" t nil)
17900 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17901 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17902 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17903 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17904 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17906 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17908 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17909 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17911 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17913 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17914 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17916 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17918 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17919 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17921 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17923 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17924 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17925 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17927 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17929 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17930 Cancel an article you posted.
17931 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17935 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17936 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17937 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17938 header line with the old Message-ID.
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17942 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17943 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17947 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17948 Forward the current message via mail.
17949 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17950 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17952 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17954 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17957 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17959 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17962 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17964 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17965 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17970 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17972 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17974 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17975 Re-mail the current message.
17976 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17977 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17978 you.
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17982 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17983 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17985 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17987 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17988 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17990 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17992 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17993 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17995 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17997 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17998 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18000 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18002 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18003 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18004 Works by overstriking characters.
18005 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18006 which specify the range to operate on.
18008 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18010 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18011 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18012 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18013 which specify the range to operate on.
18015 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18017 ;;;***
18019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18020 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18022 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18024 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18025 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18027 \(fn)" t nil)
18029 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18030 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18032 \(fn)" t nil)
18034 ;;;***
18036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18037 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18040 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18041 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18042 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18046 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18047 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18048 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18049 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18050 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18051 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18052 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18054 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18056 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18057 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18058 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18059 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18060 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18061 means current).
18062 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18063 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18065 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18067 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18068 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18069 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18070 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18071 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18072 means current).
18073 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18074 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18076 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18078 ;;;***
18080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21895 57521 622301
18081 ;;;;;; 332000))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18084 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18085 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18086 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18088 \(fn)" t nil)
18090 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18091 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18092 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18097 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18099 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18100 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18101 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18103 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18104 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18106 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18107 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18109 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18111 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18113 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18114 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18115 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18116 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18117 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18118 as `compose-mail'.
18120 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18121 initial Subject field, respectively.
18123 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18124 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18125 are strings.
18127 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18128 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18130 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18132 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18133 Save draft and send message.
18135 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18136 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18137 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18138 Mail Delivery*\".
18140 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18141 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18142 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18144 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18145 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18146 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18147 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18148 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18149 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18151 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18152 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18154 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18155 message and scan line.
18157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18159 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18160 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18162 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18163 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18164 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18165 delete the draft message.
18167 \(fn)" t nil)
18169 ;;;***
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18173 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18175 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18177 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18179 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18181 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18182 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18184 \(fn)" t nil)
18186 ;;;***
18188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18189 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18192 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18193 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18194 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18196 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18197 the MH mail system.
18199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18202 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18203 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18205 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18206 the MH mail system.
18208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18210 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18211 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18213 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18214 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18215 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18216 separate command.
18218 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18219 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18220 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18221 format.
18223 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18225 Ranges
18226 ======
18227 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18228 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18229 can be used in several ways.
18231 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18232 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18233 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18234 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18235 page):
18237 <num1>-<num2>
18238 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18239 The range must be nonempty.
18241 <num>:N
18242 <num>:+N
18243 <num>:-N
18244 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18245 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18246 last.
18248 first:N
18249 prev:N
18250 next:N
18251 last:N
18252 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18255 All of the messages.
18257 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18258 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18260 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18261 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18262 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18264 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18266 \(fn)" t nil)
18268 ;;;***
18270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18271 ;;;;;; 61000))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18274 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18275 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18276 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18279 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18281 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18283 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18284 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18289 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18290 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18291 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18292 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18293 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18294 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18295 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18296 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18297 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18298 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18302 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18303 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18304 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18305 to its second argument TM.
18307 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18309 ;;;***
18311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18312 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18315 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18316 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18317 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18318 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18319 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18320 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18322 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18324 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18325 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18326 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18327 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18328 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18330 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18331 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18332 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18333 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18334 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18335 is modified to remove the default indication.
18337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18339 ;;;***
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18344 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18345 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18346 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18347 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18348 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18349 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18350 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18351 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18352 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18354 \(fn)" t nil)
18356 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18357 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18358 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18359 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18360 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18361 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18362 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18363 The return value is always nil.
18365 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18367 ;;;***
18369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18371 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18373 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18374 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18376 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18377 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18378 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18379 next occurrence.
18381 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18382 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18383 end of the search space).
18385 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18386 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18387 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18388 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18389 should return the previous buffer to search.
18391 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18392 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18393 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18395 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18396 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18397 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18398 Isearch starts.")
18400 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18401 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18402 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18404 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18405 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18406 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18408 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18409 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18411 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18412 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18413 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18415 \(fn)" nil nil)
18417 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18418 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18419 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18420 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18421 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18422 whose names match the specified regexp.
18424 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18426 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18427 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18428 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18429 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18430 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18431 whose names match the specified regexp.
18433 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18435 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18436 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18437 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18438 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18439 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18440 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18441 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18443 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18445 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18446 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18447 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18448 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18449 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18450 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18451 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18453 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18455 ;;;***
18457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18458 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18460 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18462 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18463 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18465 \(fn)" t nil)
18467 ;;;***
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18470 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18473 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18474 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18476 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18478 ;;;***
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18481 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18484 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18485 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18487 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18489 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18490 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18491 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18492 the entire message.
18493 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18495 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18497 ;;;***
18499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18500 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18503 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18504 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18505 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18506 the entire message.
18507 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18509 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18511 ;;;***
18513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18514 ;;;;;; 720000))
18515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18517 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18518 Insert file contents of URL.
18519 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18523 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18524 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18528 ;;;***
18530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18531 ;;;;;; 720000))
18532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18534 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18535 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18536 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18537 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18538 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18540 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18542 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18543 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18544 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18546 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18548 ;;;***
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18553 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18554 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18556 \(fn)" nil nil)
18558 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18559 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18560 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18561 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18562 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18564 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18565 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18566 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18567 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18568 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18569 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18571 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18573 ;;;***
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18576 ;;;;;; 720000))
18577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18579 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18582 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18584 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18587 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18589 ;;;***
18591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18592 ;;;;;; 720000))
18593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18595 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18598 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18600 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18603 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18605 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18608 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18610 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18613 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18615 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18618 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18620 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18623 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18625 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18628 \(fn)" nil nil)
18630 ;;;***
18632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21891 60465
18633 ;;;;;; 823679 523000))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18636 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18638 ;;;***
18640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18641 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18644 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18646 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18647 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18648 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18649 followed by the first character of the construct.
18650 \\<m2-mode-map>
18651 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18652 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18653 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18654 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18655 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18656 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18657 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18658 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18659 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18660 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18661 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18662 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18663 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18664 \\[m2-link] link
18666 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18667 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18668 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18672 ;;;***
18674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18675 ;;;;;; 720000))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18678 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18679 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18681 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18683 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18684 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18686 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18688 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18689 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18691 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18694 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18696 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18698 ;;;***
18700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21906 58825 986640
18701 ;;;;;; 200000))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18704 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18705 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18707 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18708 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18709 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18711 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18712 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18713 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18715 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18716 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18718 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18719 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18720 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18721 hemisphere you're in.)
18723 To test this function, evaluate:
18724 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18726 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18728 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18729 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18731 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18732 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18734 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18735 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18736 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18738 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18739 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18741 To test this function, evaluate:
18742 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18744 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18746 ;;;***
18748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18751 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18752 Main entry point for MPC.
18754 \(fn)" t nil)
18756 ;;;***
18758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18761 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18762 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18764 \(fn)" t nil)
18766 ;;;***
18768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18769 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18771 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18772 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18773 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18775 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18776 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18778 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18780 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18781 Toggle Msb mode.
18782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18786 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18787 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18791 ;;;***
18793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21862
18794 ;;;;;; 60209 748658 481000))
18795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18797 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display a list of all character sets.
18800 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18801 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18802 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18803 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18804 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18806 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18807 but still shows the full information.
18809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18811 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18812 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18813 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18815 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18816 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18817 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18818 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18819 meanings of these arguments.
18821 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18823 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18824 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18826 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18828 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18829 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18831 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18834 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18836 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18838 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18839 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18841 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18842 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18843 in place of `..':
18844 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18845 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18846 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18847 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18848 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18849 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18850 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18851 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18852 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18853 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18854 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18855 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18856 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18857 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18858 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18859 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18864 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18866 \(fn)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18869 Display a list of all coding systems.
18870 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18872 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18873 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18877 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18878 Display a list of all coding categories.
18880 \(fn)" nil nil)
18882 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18883 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18884 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18886 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18888 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18889 Display information about FONTSET.
18890 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18892 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18895 Display a list of all fontsets.
18896 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18897 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18898 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18900 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18903 Display information about all input methods.
18905 \(fn)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18908 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18910 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18911 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18912 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18913 system which uses fontsets).
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18918 Show log of font listing and opening.
18919 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18920 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18922 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18924 ;;;***
18926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21931
18927 ;;;;;; 31023 753164 572000))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18930 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18931 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18933 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18934 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18936 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18937 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18939 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18941 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18942 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18943 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18944 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18945 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18946 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18947 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18949 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18950 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18951 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18952 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18953 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18954 middle of a character in STR.
18956 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18957 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18959 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18960 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18961 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18962 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18963 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18965 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18967 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18968 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18970 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18971 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18972 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18974 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18975 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18976 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18978 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18979 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18980 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18981 are considered.
18982 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18983 longer than KEYSEQ.
18984 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18986 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18988 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18989 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18990 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18991 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18992 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18993 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18994 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18995 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18996 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18997 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18998 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19000 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19002 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19003 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19005 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19007 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19008 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19010 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19012 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19013 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19015 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19017 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19018 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19020 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19022 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19023 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19024 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19025 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19026 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19028 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19029 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19031 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19032 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19033 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19034 coding systems ordered by priority.
19036 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19038 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19040 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19041 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19042 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19043 language environment LANG-ENV.
19045 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19047 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19048 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19049 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19050 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19051 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19052 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19054 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19056 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19057 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19058 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19059 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19060 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19061 QUALITY can be:
19062 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19063 excessive work.
19064 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19065 part of the file/buffer.
19066 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19068 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19070 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19071 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19072 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19073 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19074 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19075 QUALITY can be:
19076 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19077 excessive work.
19078 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19079 part of the file/buffer.
19080 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19082 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19084 ;;;***
19086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19087 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19090 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19091 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19095 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19096 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19098 \(fn)" t nil)
19100 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19101 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19105 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19106 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19108 \(fn)" t nil)
19110 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19111 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19113 \(fn)" t nil)
19115 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19116 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19118 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19120 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19121 Ping HOST.
19122 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19123 `ping-program-options'.
19125 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19127 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19128 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19130 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19132 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19133 Run nslookup program.
19135 \(fn)" t nil)
19137 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19138 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19140 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19142 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19143 Run dig program.
19145 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19147 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19148 Run ftp program.
19150 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19152 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19153 Finger USER on HOST.
19155 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19157 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19158 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19159 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19160 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19162 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19164 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19167 \(fn)" t nil)
19169 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19170 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19172 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19174 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19175 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19177 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19179 ;;;***
19181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19182 ;;;;;; 720000))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19185 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19186 Return a user name/password pair.
19187 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19188 listed in the PORTS list.
19190 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19192 ;;;***
19194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19195 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19198 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19199 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19200 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19201 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19202 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19203 closes it.
19205 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19206 make it unique.
19207 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19208 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19209 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19210 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19211 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19212 a port number to connect to.
19214 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19215 values:
19217 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19218 nil or `network'
19219 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19220 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19221 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19222 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19223 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19224 an unencrypted connection.
19225 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19226 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19227 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19228 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19229 returned object is a killed process.
19230 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19231 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19232 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19234 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19235 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19236 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19237 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19238 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19239 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19240 or nil if none could be found.
19241 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19242 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19244 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19246 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19247 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19248 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19250 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19251 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19252 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19254 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19255 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19256 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19258 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19259 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19260 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19261 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19263 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19264 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19266 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19267 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19268 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19269 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19270 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19271 or STARTTLS connections.
19273 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19274 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19276 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19277 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19279 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19280 a greeting from the server.
19282 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19283 asynchronously, if possible.
19285 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19287 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19289 ;;;***
19291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19292 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19295 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19296 Check whether newsticker is running.
19297 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19298 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19300 \(fn)" nil nil)
19302 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19303 Start the newsticker.
19304 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19305 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19306 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19307 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19309 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19311 ;;;***
19313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19314 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19317 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19318 Start newsticker plainview.
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19322 ;;;***
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19325 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19328 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19329 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19333 ;;;***
19335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19336 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19339 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19340 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19341 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19342 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19343 empty.
19345 \(fn)" nil nil)
19347 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19348 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19349 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19350 running already.
19352 \(fn)" t nil)
19354 ;;;***
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21888
19357 ;;;;;; 41565 443258 439000))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19360 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19361 Start newsticker treeview.
19363 \(fn)" t nil)
19365 ;;;***
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21948 40114 262686
19368 ;;;;;; 453000))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19371 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19372 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19374 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19376 ;;;***
19378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19381 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19382 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19383 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19384 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19385 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19386 symbol in the alist.
19388 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19390 ;;;***
19392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19393 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19396 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19397 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19398 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19400 \(fn)" t nil)
19402 ;;;***
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21948 40114 266686 453000))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19407 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19408 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19410 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19412 ;;;***
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19417 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19419 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19420 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19421 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19423 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19426 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19428 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19429 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19430 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19431 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19432 to future sessions.
19434 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19436 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19437 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19438 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19439 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19440 future sessions.
19442 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19444 ;;;***
19446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19447 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19450 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19451 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19452 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19453 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19454 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19455 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19457 \(fn)" t nil)
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19463 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19465 ;;;***
19467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19468 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19471 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19472 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19473 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19474 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19476 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19478 ;;;***
19480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19481 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19482 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19484 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19485 Major mode for editing XML.
19487 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19488 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19489 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19490 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19491 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19492 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19493 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19495 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19497 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19498 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19500 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19501 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19502 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19503 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19504 instead of C-c.
19506 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19507 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19508 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19509 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19510 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19511 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19513 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19514 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19515 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19517 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19518 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19519 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19521 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19522 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19523 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19524 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19525 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19526 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19527 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19528 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19529 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19531 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19533 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19534 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19536 \(fn)" t nil)
19537 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19539 ;;;***
19541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19542 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19543 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19545 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19546 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19547 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19548 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19552 ;;;***
19554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21888 47234
19555 ;;;;;; 298945 440000))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19558 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19559 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19561 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19562 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19563 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19564 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19566 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19568 Key bindings:
19569 \\{octave-mode-map}
19571 \(fn)" t nil)
19573 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19574 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19575 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19577 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19579 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19580 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19582 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19583 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19584 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19588 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19590 ;;;***
19592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19593 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19596 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19598 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19599 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19600 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19601 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19602 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19604 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19606 Customization:
19608 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19609 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19610 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19611 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19612 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19613 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19614 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19615 Directories to search when finding external units.
19616 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19617 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19619 Coloring:
19621 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19622 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19626 ;;;***
19628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21948 40114 382686 453000))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19631 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19632 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19634 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19636 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19637 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19638 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19639 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19640 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19641 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19643 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19645 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19646 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19647 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19648 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19649 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19651 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19653 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19654 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19656 \(fn)" nil nil)
19658 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19659 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19661 \(fn)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19664 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19665 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19667 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19668 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19669 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19670 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19671 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19672 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19673 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19674 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19675 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19676 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19678 The following commands are available:
19680 \\{org-mode-map}
19682 \(fn)" t nil)
19684 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19685 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19687 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19688 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19689 in special contexts.
19691 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19692 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19693 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19694 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19695 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19696 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19697 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19698 properties in the buffer.
19699 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19700 including any drawers.
19702 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19704 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19705 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19706 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19707 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19708 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19709 and zoom in further.
19710 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19711 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19713 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19714 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19715 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19716 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19717 times right after creating a new headline.
19719 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19720 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19721 is negative, go up that many levels.
19723 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19724 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19725 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19727 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19728 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19729 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19730 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19734 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19735 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19736 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19737 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19740 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19742 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19743 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19744 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19745 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19746 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19747 defined by Org-mode).
19749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19751 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19752 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19754 \(fn)" nil nil)
19756 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19757 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19759 \(fn)" nil nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19762 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19763 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19764 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19765 call CMD.
19767 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19769 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19770 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19771 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19772 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19774 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19775 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19776 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19778 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19779 part of Org's core.
19781 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19782 active region.
19784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19787 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19788 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19793 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19794 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19795 Org-mode syntax.
19797 \(fn)" t nil)
19799 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19800 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19802 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19805 Switch between Org buffers.
19806 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19807 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19809 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19810 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19814 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19816 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19818 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19819 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19820 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19821 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19823 \(fn)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19826 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19828 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19830 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19831 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19832 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19834 \(fn)" t nil)
19836 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19837 Reload all org lisp files.
19838 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19840 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19843 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19845 \(fn)" t nil)
19847 ;;;***
19849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21862 60209
19850 ;;;;;; 818658 502000))
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19853 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19854 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19858 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19859 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19860 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19861 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19863 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19864 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19865 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19866 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19867 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19868 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19869 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19870 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19871 e Export views to associated files.
19872 s Search entries for keywords.
19873 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19874 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19875 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19876 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19877 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19878 > Remove a previous restriction.
19879 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19880 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19881 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19883 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19884 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19885 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19887 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19888 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19889 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19890 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19891 \(if active).
19893 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19895 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19896 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19897 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19898 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19899 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19900 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19901 before running the agenda command.
19903 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19905 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19906 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19907 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19908 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19909 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19910 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19911 before running the agenda command.
19913 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19914 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19916 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19918 category The category of the item
19919 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19920 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19921 todo selected in TODO match
19922 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19923 diary imported from diary
19924 deadline a deadline on given date
19925 scheduled scheduled on given date
19926 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19927 closed entry was closed on given date
19928 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19929 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19930 block entry has date block including g. date
19931 todo The todo keyword, if any
19932 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19933 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19934 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19935 extra Sting with extra planning info
19936 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19937 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19938 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19940 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19942 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19943 Store agenda views.
19945 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19947 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19948 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19950 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19952 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19953 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19954 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19955 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19957 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19958 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19959 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19961 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19962 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19964 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19965 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19967 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19970 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19972 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19973 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19974 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19975 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19976 EDIT-AT.
19978 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19979 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19980 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19981 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19982 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19983 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19985 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19986 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19987 including newlines.
19989 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19990 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19991 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19992 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19993 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19994 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19995 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19997 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19998 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19999 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20000 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20002 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20003 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20004 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20005 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20006 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20007 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20008 Boolean search must match as full words.
20010 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20011 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20016 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20017 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20018 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20019 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20020 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20024 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20025 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20026 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20028 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20030 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20031 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20032 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20033 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20034 `org-stuck-projects'.
20036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20039 Return diary information from org files.
20040 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20041 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20042 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20043 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20044 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20046 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20048 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20050 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20051 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20053 &%%(org-diary)
20055 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20056 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20057 So the example above may also be written as
20059 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20061 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20062 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20063 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20065 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20068 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20070 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20072 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20073 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20074 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20075 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20076 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20078 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20080 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20081 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20082 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20084 \(fn)" t nil)
20086 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20087 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20088 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20089 appointments.
20091 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20092 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20094 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20095 for filtering entries out.
20097 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20098 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20099 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20101 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20102 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20104 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20105 (category \"Work\"))
20107 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20108 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20110 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20111 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20112 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20113 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20114 details and examples.
20116 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20117 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20119 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20121 ;;;***
20123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21855 577
20124 ;;;;;; 287944 835000))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20127 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20128 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20130 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20132 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20133 Capture something.
20134 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20135 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20136 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20137 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20138 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20139 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20141 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20142 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20143 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20144 stored.
20146 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20148 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20149 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20150 will be bypassed.
20152 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20153 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20154 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20155 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20157 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20159 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20160 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20162 \(fn)" t nil)
20164 ;;;***
20166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21948 40114
20167 ;;;;;; 334686 453000))
20168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20170 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20171 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20175 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20178 \(fn)" nil nil)
20180 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20181 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20182 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20184 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20187 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20189 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20191 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20192 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20194 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20196 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20197 Write the column view table.
20198 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20200 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20201 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20202 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20203 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20204 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20205 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20206 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20207 using `org-id-find'.
20208 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20209 a hline before each level <= that number.
20210 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20211 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20212 :skip-empty-rows
20213 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20214 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20216 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20218 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20219 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20221 \(fn)" t nil)
20223 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20224 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20226 \(fn)" t nil)
20228 ;;;***
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21852 24381
20231 ;;;;;; 787238 943000))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20234 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20235 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20237 \(fn)" nil t)
20239 ;;;***
20241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20242 ;;;;;; 835000))
20243 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20245 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20246 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20248 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20250 ;;;***
20252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20253 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20254 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20256 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20257 The release version of org-mode.
20258 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20260 \(fn)" nil nil)
20262 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20263 The Git version of org-mode.
20264 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20266 \(fn)" nil nil)
20268 ;;;***
20270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20271 ;;;;;; 443000))
20272 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20273 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20274 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20276 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20277 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20278 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20279 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20281 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20282 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20283 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20284 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20286 \\{outline-mode-map}
20287 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20288 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20289 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20290 are used when point is on a heading line.
20292 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20293 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20294 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20296 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20297 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20299 \(fn)" t nil)
20301 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20302 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20304 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20305 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20307 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20310 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20312 ;;;***
20314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21930 10161
20315 ;;;;;; 970828 320000))
20316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20317 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20319 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20320 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20321 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20322 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20323 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20325 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20326 activate the package system at any time.")
20328 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20330 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20331 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20332 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20333 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20334 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20335 it to the file.
20337 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20339 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20340 Import keys from FILE.
20342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20344 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20345 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20346 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20347 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20348 and make them available for download.
20349 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20350 downloads in the background.
20352 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20354 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20355 Install the package PKG.
20356 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20357 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20359 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20360 `package-selected-packages'.
20362 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20363 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20365 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20367 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20368 Install a package from the current buffer.
20369 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20370 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20371 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20373 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20374 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20375 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20377 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20379 \(fn)" t nil)
20381 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20382 Install a package from a file.
20383 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20384 directory.
20386 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20388 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20389 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20390 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20395 Reinstall package PKG.
20396 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20397 object.
20399 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20402 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20404 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20405 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20406 will be deleted.
20408 \(fn)" t nil)
20410 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20411 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20413 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20415 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20416 Display a list of packages.
20417 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20418 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20419 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20421 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20423 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20425 ;;;***
20427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20430 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20431 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20432 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20435 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20437 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20439 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20440 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20445 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20446 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20447 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20451 ;;;***
20453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20454 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20456 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20458 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20459 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20460 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20461 unknown are returned as nil.
20463 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20465 ;;;***
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20468 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20471 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20472 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20473 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20475 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20476 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20478 Other useful functions are:
20480 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20481 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20482 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20483 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20484 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20485 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20486 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20487 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20488 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20490 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20492 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20493 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20494 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20495 Indentation for case statements.
20496 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20497 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20498 mark after an end.
20499 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20500 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20501 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20502 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20503 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20504 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20505 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20506 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20507 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20508 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20510 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20511 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20515 ;;;***
20517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20518 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20519 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20521 (defvar password-cache t "\
20522 Whether to cache passwords.")
20524 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20526 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20527 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20528 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20530 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20532 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20533 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20535 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20537 ;;;***
20539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21888 49775
20540 ;;;;;; 904181 796000))
20541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20543 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20544 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20545 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20547 Patterns can take the following forms:
20548 _ matches anything.
20549 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20550 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20551 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20552 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20553 ATOM is a shorthand for 'ATOM.
20554 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20555 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20556 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20557 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20558 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20559 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20560 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20562 FUN can take the form
20563 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20564 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20565 which is the value being matched.
20566 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20567 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20568 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20569 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20570 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20571 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20572 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20574 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20575 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20577 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20579 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20581 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20582 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20584 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20586 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20588 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20589 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20590 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20591 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20592 variable name being but a special case of it).
20594 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20596 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20598 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20600 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20601 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20602 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20603 of the form (PAT EXP).
20605 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20607 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20609 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20610 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20611 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20612 of the form (PAT EXP).
20613 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20614 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20615 any kind of error.
20617 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20619 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20621 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20624 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20626 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20628 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20629 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20630 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20631 to this macro.
20633 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20635 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20637 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20639 ;;;***
20641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21857 42300 397266
20642 ;;;;;; 599000))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20645 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20646 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20648 \(fn)" nil nil)
20650 ;;;***
20652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20653 ;;;;;; 720000))
20654 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20656 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20657 Completion for `gzip'.
20659 \(fn)" nil nil)
20661 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20662 Completion for `bzip2'.
20664 \(fn)" nil nil)
20666 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20667 Completion for GNU `make'.
20669 \(fn)" nil nil)
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20672 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20674 \(fn)" nil nil)
20676 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20678 ;;;***
20680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20681 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20682 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20684 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20685 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20687 \(fn)" nil nil)
20689 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20690 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20692 \(fn)" nil nil)
20694 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20695 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20697 \(fn)" nil nil)
20699 ;;;***
20701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20702 ;;;;;; 720000))
20703 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20705 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20706 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20708 \(fn)" nil nil)
20710 ;;;***
20712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20713 ;;;;;; 422000))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20716 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20717 Completion for `cd'.
20719 \(fn)" nil nil)
20721 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20723 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20724 Completion for `rmdir'.
20726 \(fn)" nil nil)
20728 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20729 Completion for `rm'.
20731 \(fn)" nil nil)
20733 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20734 Completion for `xargs'.
20736 \(fn)" nil nil)
20738 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20740 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20741 Completion for `which'.
20743 \(fn)" nil nil)
20745 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20746 Completion for the `chown' command.
20748 \(fn)" nil nil)
20750 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20751 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20753 \(fn)" nil nil)
20755 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20756 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20758 \(fn)" nil nil)
20760 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20761 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20762 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20766 ;;;***
20768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20769 ;;;;;; 720000))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20772 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20773 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20775 \(fn)" nil nil)
20777 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20778 Completion for the `ack' command.
20779 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20780 long options.
20782 \(fn)" nil nil)
20784 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20786 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20787 Completion for the `ag' command.
20789 \(fn)" nil nil)
20791 ;;;***
20793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20794 ;;;;;; 119000))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20797 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20798 Support extensible programmable completion.
20799 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20800 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20802 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20804 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20805 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20807 \(fn)" t nil)
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20810 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20811 This will modify the current buffer.
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20815 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20816 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20818 \(fn)" t nil)
20820 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20821 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20822 This will modify the current buffer.
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20827 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20829 \(fn)" t nil)
20831 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20832 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20834 \(fn)" t nil)
20836 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20837 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20838 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20839 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20840 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20842 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20845 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20849 ;;;***
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20852 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20854 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20855 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20856 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20857 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20859 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20861 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20863 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20864 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20865 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20866 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20867 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20868 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20869 FLAGS is ignored.
20871 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20874 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20875 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20876 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20877 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20878 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20879 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20880 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20882 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20884 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20885 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20886 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20887 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20888 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20889 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20890 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20891 passed to cvs.
20893 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20896 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20897 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20898 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20899 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20900 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20901 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20903 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20905 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20906 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20907 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20909 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20911 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20912 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20913 A value of nil means never do it.
20914 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20915 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20916 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20918 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20920 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20921 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20922 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20924 ;;;***
20926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20927 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20930 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20931 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20933 ;;;***
20935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21887
20936 ;;;;;; 19055 813447 760000))
20937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20938 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20939 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20940 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20941 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20942 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20943 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20945 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20946 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20947 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20948 Tab indents for Perl code.
20949 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20950 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20952 \\{perl-mode-map}
20953 Variables controlling indentation style:
20954 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20955 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20956 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20957 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20958 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20959 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20960 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20961 `perl-nochange'
20962 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20963 `perl-indent-level'
20964 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20965 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20966 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20967 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20968 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20969 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20970 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20971 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20972 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20973 `perl-brace-offset'
20974 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20975 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20976 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20977 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20978 `perl-label-offset'
20979 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20980 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20981 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20983 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20984 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20985 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20986 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20987 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20988 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20989 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20991 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20993 \(fn)" t nil)
20995 ;;;***
20997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20998 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21001 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21002 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21003 \\<picture-mode-map>
21004 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21005 afterwards settable by these commands:
21007 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21008 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21009 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21010 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21012 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21013 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21014 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21015 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21017 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21018 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21019 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21020 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21022 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21023 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21024 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21025 with these commands:
21027 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21028 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21029 Move to column following last
21030 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21031 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21032 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21033 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21034 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21035 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21037 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21039 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21040 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21041 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21042 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21043 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21044 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21046 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21047 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21048 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21049 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21050 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21051 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21052 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21054 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21055 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21056 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21057 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21058 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21059 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21060 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21061 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21063 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21064 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21065 by supplying an argument.
21067 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21069 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21070 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21074 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21076 ;;;***
21078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21890 39605 414073
21079 ;;;;;; 663000))
21080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21081 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21083 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21084 Start a Pinentry service.
21086 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21087 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21089 \(fn)" t nil)
21091 ;;;***
21093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21094 ;;;;;; 633000))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21097 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21098 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21102 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21103 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21105 \(fn)" t nil)
21107 ;;;***
21109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21110 ;;;;;; 586000))
21111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21113 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21114 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21115 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21117 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21119 ;;;***
21121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21122 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21124 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21125 Play pong and waste time.
21126 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21127 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21129 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21131 \\{pong-mode-map}
21133 \(fn)" t nil)
21135 ;;;***
21137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21140 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21141 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21142 Use streaming commands.
21144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21146 ;;;***
21148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21149 ;;;;;; 725000))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21152 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21153 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21154 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21155 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21157 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21159 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21160 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21162 \(fn)" nil nil)
21164 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21165 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21166 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21167 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21168 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21170 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21172 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21173 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21174 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21176 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21179 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21181 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21183 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21184 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21185 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21186 Ignores leading comment characters.
21188 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21190 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21191 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21192 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21193 Ignores leading comment characters.
21195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21197 ;;;***
21199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21200 ;;;;;; 720000))
21201 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21202 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21204 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21205 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21207 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21209 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21211 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21214 Preview directory using ghostview.
21216 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21217 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21218 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21219 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21221 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21222 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21223 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21224 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21225 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21226 file name.
21228 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21230 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21232 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21233 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21235 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21236 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21237 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21238 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21240 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21241 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21242 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21243 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21244 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21245 file name.
21247 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21249 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21252 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21254 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21255 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21256 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21257 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21259 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21260 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21261 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21262 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21263 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21264 file name.
21266 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21268 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21271 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21273 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21275 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21276 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21277 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21278 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21280 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21281 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21282 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21283 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21284 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21285 file name.
21287 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21289 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21292 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21294 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21295 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21296 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21298 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21299 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21300 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21301 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21303 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21306 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21308 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21309 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21310 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21312 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21313 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21314 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21315 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21317 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21320 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21322 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21323 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21324 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21326 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21327 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21328 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21329 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21331 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21334 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21336 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21338 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21339 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21340 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21342 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21343 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21344 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21345 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21347 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21350 Preview region using ghostview.
21352 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21354 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21356 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21357 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21359 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21361 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21364 Print region using PostScript printer.
21366 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21368 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21370 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21371 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21373 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21375 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21378 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21380 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21382 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21385 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21387 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21389 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21392 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21394 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21396 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21399 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21401 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21403 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21406 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21407 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21408 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21410 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21411 matching.
21413 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21414 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21416 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21418 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21420 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21421 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21422 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21423 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21428 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21429 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21430 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21435 Print directory using text printer.
21437 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21438 matching.
21440 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21441 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21443 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21445 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21447 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21448 Print buffer using text printer.
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21453 Print region using text printer.
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21458 Print major mode using text printer.
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21463 Preview spooled PostScript.
21465 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21466 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21467 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21469 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21470 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21471 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21475 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21476 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21478 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21479 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21480 instead of sending it to the printer.
21482 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21483 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21484 image in a file with that name.
21486 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21488 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21489 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21491 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21492 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21493 instead of sending it to the printer.
21495 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21496 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21497 image in a file with that name.
21499 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21501 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21502 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21504 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21505 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21506 instead of sending it to the printer.
21508 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21509 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21510 image in a file with that name.
21512 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21515 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21517 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21519 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21520 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21522 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21524 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21525 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21527 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21530 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21532 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21535 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21537 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21540 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21542 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21543 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21544 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21545 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21547 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21548 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21549 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21550 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21551 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21552 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21553 file name.
21555 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21557 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21558 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21560 \(fn)" t nil)
21562 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21563 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21565 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21566 right.
21567 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21568 bottom.
21570 \(fn)" t nil)
21572 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21573 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21575 \(fn)" t nil)
21577 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21578 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21580 \(fn)" t nil)
21582 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21583 Toggle printing with faces.
21585 \(fn)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21588 Toggle spooling.
21590 \(fn)" t nil)
21592 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21593 Toggle duplex.
21595 \(fn)" t nil)
21597 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21598 Toggle tumble.
21600 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21601 right.
21602 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21603 bottom.
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21607 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21608 Toggle landscape.
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21612 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21613 Toggle upside-down.
21615 \(fn)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21618 Toggle line number.
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21623 Toggle zebra stripes.
21625 \(fn)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21628 Toggle printing header.
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21633 Toggle printing header frame.
21635 \(fn)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21638 Toggle menu lock.
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21643 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21648 Toggle auto mode.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21653 Customization of the `printing' group.
21655 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21658 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21660 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21663 Help for the printing package.
21665 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21667 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21668 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21670 \(fn)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21673 Interactively select a text printer.
21675 \(fn)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21678 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21680 \(fn)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21683 Show current ps-print settings.
21685 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21688 Show current printing settings.
21690 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21693 Show current lpr settings.
21695 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21698 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21700 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21701 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21702 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21703 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21706 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21708 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21709 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21710 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21712 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21713 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21714 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21715 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21716 current active printer.
21718 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21719 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21720 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21721 printer.
21723 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21724 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21725 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21726 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21727 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21730 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21731 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21733 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21735 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21736 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21737 be done using the new current active printer.
21739 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21740 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21741 printer.
21743 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21744 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21745 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21746 instead of sending it to the printer.
21748 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21749 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21750 printer.
21752 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21755 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21756 are both set to t.
21758 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21760 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21761 Fast fire function for text printing.
21763 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21764 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21765 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21766 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21769 user for a new active text printer.
21771 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21773 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21775 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21776 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21777 printer.
21779 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21781 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21782 are both set to t.
21784 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21786 ;;;***
21788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21789 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21791 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21792 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21793 \\<proced-mode-map>
21794 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21795 the process information.
21797 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21799 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21800 Proced buffers.
21802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21804 ;;;***
21806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21807 ;;;;;; 453000))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21810 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21811 Start/restart profilers.
21812 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21813 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21814 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21816 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21819 Open profile FILENAME.
21821 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21823 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21824 Open profile FILENAME.
21826 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21829 Open profile FILENAME.
21831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21833 ;;;***
21835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (21947 19252
21836 ;;;;;; 629252 749000))
21837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21839 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21840 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21842 \(fn &optional DIR)" nil nil)
21844 ;;;***
21846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21847 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21850 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21851 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21853 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21854 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21856 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21858 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21859 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21861 Commands:
21862 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21867 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21868 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21870 \(fn)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21873 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21874 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21878 ;;;***
21880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21883 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21884 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21885 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21887 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21889 ;;;***
21891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21892 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21894 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21896 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21897 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21899 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21901 The following variables hold user options, and can
21902 be set through the `customize' command:
21904 `ps-mode-tab'
21905 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21906 `ps-mode-print-function'
21907 `ps-run-prompt'
21908 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21909 `ps-run-x'
21910 `ps-run-dumb'
21911 `ps-run-init'
21912 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21913 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21915 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21918 \\{ps-mode-map}
21921 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21922 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21923 The keymap for this second window is:
21925 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21928 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21929 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21930 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21931 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21932 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21934 \(fn)" t nil)
21936 ;;;***
21938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21948 40114 490686
21939 ;;;;;; 453000))
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21941 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21943 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21944 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21945 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21947 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21949 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21950 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21951 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21952 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21954 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21956 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21957 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21959 Valid values are:
21961 nil Do not print colors.
21963 t Print colors.
21965 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21966 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21968 Any other value is treated as t.")
21970 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21972 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21973 Customization of ps-print group.
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21977 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21978 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21980 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21981 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21982 sending it to the printer.
21984 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21985 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21986 image in a file with that name.
21988 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21990 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21991 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21992 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21993 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21994 so it has a way to determine color values.
21996 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21998 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21999 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22000 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22002 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22004 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22005 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22006 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22007 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22008 so it has a way to determine color values.
22010 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22013 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22014 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22015 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22017 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22019 \(fn)" t nil)
22021 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22022 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22023 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22024 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22025 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22027 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22029 \(fn)" t nil)
22031 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22032 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22033 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22035 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22037 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22040 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22041 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22042 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22043 so it has a way to determine color values.
22045 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22049 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22050 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22052 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22053 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22054 instead of sending it to the printer.
22056 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22057 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22058 image in a file with that name.
22060 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22063 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22064 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22065 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22066 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22068 \(fn)" t nil)
22070 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22071 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22072 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22074 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22076 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22077 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22078 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22080 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22082 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22083 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22085 \(fn)" nil nil)
22087 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22088 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22090 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22091 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22093 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22094 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22096 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22098 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22100 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22102 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22103 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22105 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22106 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22108 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22109 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22111 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22113 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22115 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22117 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22118 foreground and background colors respectively.
22120 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22121 bold - use bold font.
22122 italic - use italic font.
22123 underline - put a line under text.
22124 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22125 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22126 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22127 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22128 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22130 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22132 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22134 ;;;***
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21834 32653 960520
22137 ;;;;;; 248000))
22138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22139 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22141 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22142 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22143 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22145 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22147 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22148 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22149 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22151 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22153 ;;;***
22155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21915 42801
22156 ;;;;;; 68409 735000))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22158 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22160 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22162 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22164 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22165 Run an inferior Python process.
22167 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22168 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22169 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22170 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22171 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22173 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22174 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22175 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22176 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22178 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22179 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22180 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22182 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22184 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22185 Major mode for editing Python files.
22187 \\{python-mode-map}
22189 \(fn)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22196 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22197 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22198 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22199 coding-system.
22201 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22202 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22204 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22205 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22206 them into characters should be done separately.
22208 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22210 ;;;***
22212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21829 62890
22213 ;;;;;; 321199 861000))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22216 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22217 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22219 \(fn)" nil nil)
22221 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22222 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22223 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22225 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22226 `quail-activate', which see.
22228 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22230 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22231 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22232 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22233 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22234 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22235 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22236 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22238 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22239 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22240 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22241 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22242 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22243 shown.
22244 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22246 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22247 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22248 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22249 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22250 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22251 list of candidates.
22253 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22254 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22255 command to be called.
22257 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22258 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22259 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22260 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22262 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22263 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22264 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22265 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22266 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22267 to t.
22269 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22270 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22271 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22272 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22274 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22275 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22276 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22277 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22278 defines no translations for single character keys.
22280 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22281 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22282 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22283 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22284 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22285 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22287 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22288 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22289 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22290 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22291 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22292 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22294 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22295 covers Quail translation region.
22297 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22298 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22299 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22300 for it) is inserted.
22302 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22303 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22304 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22306 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22307 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22308 non-Quail commands.
22310 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22312 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22313 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22315 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22316 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22317 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22318 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22319 you type is correctly handled.
22321 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22323 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22324 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22326 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22327 keyboard type.
22329 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22331 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22332 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22333 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22334 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22335 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22336 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22337 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22338 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22339 for the translation.
22340 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22342 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22343 it is used to handle KEY.
22345 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22346 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22347 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22348 the following annotation types are supported.
22350 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22351 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22353 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22354 candidate list.
22356 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22357 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22358 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22359 inserted.
22361 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22362 generated for the following translations.
22364 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22366 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22367 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22369 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22370 which to install MAP.
22372 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22374 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22376 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22377 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22379 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22380 which to install MAP.
22382 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22384 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22386 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22387 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22388 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22389 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22390 a function, or a cons.
22391 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22392 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22393 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22394 for the translation.
22395 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22396 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22397 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22398 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22399 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22401 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22402 it is used to handle KEY.
22404 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22405 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22406 current Quail package.
22408 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22409 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22411 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22413 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22414 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22416 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22417 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22419 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22421 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22422 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22424 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22426 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22427 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22428 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22429 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22430 of the Emacs source tree.
22432 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22433 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22435 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22436 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22437 of each directory.
22439 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22441 ;;;***
22443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22444 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22447 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22448 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22449 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22450 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22452 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22454 ;;;***
22456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22457 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22460 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22461 Activate UCS input method.
22462 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22464 While this input method is active, the variable
22465 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22467 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22469 ;;;***
22471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22472 ;;;;;; 720000))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22475 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22476 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22477 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22478 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22480 To make use of this do something like:
22482 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22484 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22486 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22487 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22489 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22490 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22491 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22493 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22495 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22496 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22498 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22500 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22501 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22503 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22504 is decided.
22506 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22508 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22509 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22511 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22512 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22513 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22515 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22517 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22518 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22520 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22522 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22523 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22525 \(fn)" t nil)
22527 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22528 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22530 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22532 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22534 \(fn)" t nil)
22536 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22537 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22539 \(fn)" t nil)
22541 ;;;***
22543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21930 10161 986828
22544 ;;;;;; 320000))
22545 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22547 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22548 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22550 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22552 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22556 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22558 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22561 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22563 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22564 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22565 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22568 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22570 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22572 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22573 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22580 ;;;***
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22583 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22586 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22588 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22589 Construct a regexp interactively.
22590 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22591 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22592 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22594 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22595 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22597 \(fn)" t nil)
22599 ;;;***
22601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21852 24381 997231
22602 ;;;;;; 450000))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22605 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22606 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22607 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22610 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22612 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22614 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22615 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22617 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22618 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22620 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22621 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22622 were operated on recently.
22624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22626 ;;;***
22628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22631 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22632 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22633 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22634 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22635 ends.
22637 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22638 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22639 to be deleted.
22641 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22643 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22644 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22645 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22648 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22649 deleted.
22651 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22653 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22654 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22655 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22657 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22659 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22660 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22662 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22663 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22665 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22666 deleted.
22668 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22669 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22670 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22671 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22672 even beep.)
22674 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22676 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22677 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22681 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22682 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22684 \(fn)" t nil)
22686 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22687 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22688 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22689 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22690 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22691 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22692 and point is at the lower right corner.
22694 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22696 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22697 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22699 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22700 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22702 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22703 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22704 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22706 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22708 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22710 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22711 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22712 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22713 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22714 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22716 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22717 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22719 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22721 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22722 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22723 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22725 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22727 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22729 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22731 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22732 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22734 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22735 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22736 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22738 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22740 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22741 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22742 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22744 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22745 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22746 rectangle which were empty.
22748 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22750 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22751 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22753 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22754 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22755 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22756 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22758 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22760 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22761 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22762 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22766 ;;;***
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22769 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22772 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22773 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22775 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22776 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22778 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22779 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22780 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22781 auto-filling.
22783 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22787 ;;;***
22789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21833 60086
22790 ;;;;;; 84775 646000))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22792 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22793 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22794 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22795 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22797 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22798 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22800 \(fn)" nil nil)
22802 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22803 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22805 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22806 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22808 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22809 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22810 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22811 \\ref macro.
22813 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22814 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22815 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22817 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22818 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22819 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22821 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22822 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22824 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22825 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22827 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22828 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22829 on the menu bar.
22831 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22835 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22836 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22837 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22839 \(fn)" nil nil)
22841 ;;;***
22843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21887
22844 ;;;;;; 63409 948052 707000))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22846 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22847 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22848 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22849 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22851 ;;;***
22853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22854 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22857 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22858 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22859 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22860 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22861 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22862 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22864 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22865 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22867 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22868 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22869 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22870 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22872 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22874 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22875 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22876 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22877 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22879 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22881 ;;;***
22883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22884 ;;;;;; 725000))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22886 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22888 ;;;***
22890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22891 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22893 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22895 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22896 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22897 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22898 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22900 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22902 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22904 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22905 Call `remember' in another frame.
22907 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22909 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22910 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22911 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22913 \(fn)" t nil)
22915 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22916 Extract diary entries from the region.
22918 \(fn)" nil nil)
22920 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22921 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22922 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22923 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22925 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22927 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22928 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22929 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22930 minor mode.
22932 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22934 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22935 Return the buffer.
22937 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22938 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22939 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22941 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22943 ;;;***
22945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22946 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22947 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22949 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22950 Repeat most recently executed command.
22951 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22952 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22953 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22955 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22956 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22957 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22958 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22960 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22961 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22962 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22964 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22966 ;;;***
22968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22969 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22972 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22973 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22975 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22976 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22977 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22978 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22979 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22980 and point is left after the salutation.
22982 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22983 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22984 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22985 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22986 left after that text.
22988 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22989 is non-nil.
22991 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22992 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22993 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22994 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22996 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22998 ;;;***
23000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23001 ;;;;;; 586000))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23004 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23005 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23006 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23007 visibility of comments that precede it.
23008 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23009 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23010 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23011 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23012 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23013 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23014 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23015 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23016 the comment lines.
23017 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23018 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23019 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23020 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23021 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23025 ;;;***
23027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23028 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23030 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23031 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23034 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23036 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23037 reveals invisible text around point.
23039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23041 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23042 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23043 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23046 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23048 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23050 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23051 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23052 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23060 ;;;***
23062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
23063 ;;;;;; 725000))
23064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23066 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23067 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23069 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23071 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23072 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23074 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23076 ;;;***
23078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21852 24381 727234
23079 ;;;;;; 912000))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23082 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23083 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23084 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23085 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23087 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23089 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23090 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23091 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23092 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23094 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23095 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23097 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23098 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23100 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23101 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23102 INPUT-ARGS.
23104 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23105 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23106 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23107 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23108 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23110 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23111 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23112 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23113 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23115 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23116 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23117 variable.
23119 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23121 ;;;***
23123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21862 60482 540812
23124 ;;;;;; 493000))
23125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23127 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23128 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23130 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23132 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23134 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23135 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23136 Its name should end with a slash.")
23138 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23139 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23141 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23142 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23143 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23145 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23147 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23148 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23149 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23150 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23151 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23152 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23153 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23155 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23156 sent by you under different user names.
23157 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23159 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23161 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23163 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23165 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23166 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23167 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23168 explicitly.")
23170 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23172 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23173 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23174 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23175 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23176 which normally happens once for each message,
23177 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23178 To make a change in this variable take effect
23179 for a message that you have already viewed,
23180 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23182 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23184 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23185 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23186 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23187 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23189 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23191 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23192 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23194 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23196 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23197 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23198 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23200 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23202 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23203 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23204 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23205 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23206 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23207 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23209 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23211 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23212 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23214 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23216 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23217 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23219 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23221 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23222 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23224 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23225 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23227 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23229 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23230 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23232 This is set to nil by default.")
23234 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23235 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23236 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23237 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23238 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23239 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23240 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23242 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23243 Read and edit incoming mail.
23244 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23245 file in RMAIL Mode.
23246 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23248 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23249 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23250 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23251 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23253 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23255 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23257 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23258 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23259 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23260 Instead, these commands are available:
23262 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23263 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23264 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23265 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23266 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23267 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23268 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23269 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23270 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23271 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23272 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23273 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23274 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23275 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23276 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23277 till a deleted message is found.
23278 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23279 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23280 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23281 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23282 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23283 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23284 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23285 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23286 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23287 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23288 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23289 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23290 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23291 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23292 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23293 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23294 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23295 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23296 (label defaults to last one specified).
23297 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23298 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23299 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23300 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23301 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23302 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23303 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23304 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23305 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23307 \(fn)" t nil)
23309 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23310 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23312 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23314 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23315 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23317 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23319 ;;;***
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23322 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23324 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23326 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23327 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23328 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23329 case it writes Babyl.
23331 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23332 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23333 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23334 `rmail-default-file'.
23336 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23337 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23338 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23340 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23341 the header display is currently pruned.
23343 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23344 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23345 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23346 messages after output.
23348 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23349 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23350 message (if writing a file directly).
23352 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23353 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23355 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23357 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23358 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23359 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23360 i) the header is output as currently seen
23361 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23362 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23364 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23365 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23366 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23368 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23370 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23371 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23372 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23373 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23374 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23375 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23376 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23378 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23379 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23380 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23382 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23384 ;;;***
23386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23387 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23390 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23391 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23392 Return a pattern.
23394 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23396 ;;;***
23398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23399 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23402 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23403 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23404 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23405 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23407 \(fn)" t nil)
23409 ;;;***
23411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23412 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23415 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23416 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23418 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23419 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23420 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23421 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23422 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23423 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23424 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23425 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23426 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23427 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23429 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23430 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23431 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23432 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23433 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23434 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23435 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23436 to use for finding the schema.
23438 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23440 ;;;***
23442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23443 ;;;;;; 720000))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23446 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23448 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23449 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23450 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23451 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23452 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23453 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23454 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23455 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23456 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23457 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23458 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23459 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23460 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23461 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23462 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23463 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23464 must be equal.
23466 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23468 ;;;***
23470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23471 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23474 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23475 Define a robin package.
23477 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23478 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23479 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23480 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23482 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23483 one replaces the old one.
23485 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23487 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23488 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23490 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23491 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23492 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23494 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23496 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23497 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23499 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23501 ;;;***
23503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23504 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23506 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23507 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23509 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23511 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23512 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23514 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23516 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23517 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23521 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23522 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23523 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23525 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23526 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23527 in ROT13.
23529 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23531 \(fn)" t nil)
23533 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23534 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23536 \(fn)" t nil)
23538 ;;;***
23540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21852 24382 77263
23541 ;;;;;; 112000))
23542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23543 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23545 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23546 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23547 \\<rst-mode-map>
23549 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23550 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23551 highlighting.
23553 \\{rst-mode-map}
23555 \(fn)" t nil)
23557 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23558 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23559 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23560 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23561 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23563 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23564 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23565 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23569 ;;;***
23571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21855
23572 ;;;;;; 577 437945 800000))
23573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23574 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23576 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23577 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23579 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23581 \(fn)" t nil)
23583 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23585 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23587 ;;;***
23589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21906 58826 62640
23590 ;;;;;; 200000))
23591 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23592 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23594 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23595 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23596 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23598 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23599 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23601 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23602 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23606 ;;;***
23608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23609 ;;;;;; 863000))
23610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23612 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23613 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23614 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23615 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23617 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23619 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23620 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23621 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23623 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23624 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23625 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23627 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23628 notation.
23630 STRING
23631 matches string STRING literally.
23633 CHAR
23634 matches character CHAR literally.
23636 `not-newline', `nonl'
23637 matches any character except a newline.
23639 `anything'
23640 matches any character
23642 `(any SET ...)'
23643 `(in SET ...)'
23644 `(char SET ...)'
23645 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23646 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23647 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23649 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23650 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23651 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23652 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23654 `(not (any SET ...))'
23655 matches any character not in SET ...
23657 `line-start', `bol'
23658 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23659 in the text being matched
23661 `line-end', `eol'
23662 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23664 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23665 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23666 string being matched against.
23668 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23669 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23670 string being matched against.
23672 `buffer-start'
23673 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23674 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23676 `buffer-end'
23677 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23678 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23680 `point'
23681 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23683 `word-start', `bow'
23684 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23686 `word-end', `eow'
23687 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23689 `word-boundary'
23690 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23691 word.
23693 `(not word-boundary)'
23694 `not-word-boundary'
23695 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23696 word.
23698 `symbol-start'
23699 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23701 `symbol-end'
23702 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23704 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23705 matches 0 through 9.
23707 `control', `cntrl'
23708 matches ASCII control characters.
23710 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23711 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23713 `blank'
23714 matches space and tab only.
23716 `graphic', `graph'
23717 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23718 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23719 unassigned by Unicode.
23721 `printing', `print'
23722 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23724 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23725 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23726 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23728 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23729 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23730 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23732 `ascii'
23733 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23735 `nonascii'
23736 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23738 `lower', `lower-case'
23739 matches anything lower-case.
23741 `upper', `upper-case'
23742 matches anything upper-case.
23744 `punctuation', `punct'
23745 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23746 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23748 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23749 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23751 `word', `wordchar'
23752 matches anything that has word syntax.
23754 `not-wordchar'
23755 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23757 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23758 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23759 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23760 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23762 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23763 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23764 `word' (\\sw)
23765 `symbol' (\\s_)
23766 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23767 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23768 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23769 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23770 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23771 `escape' (\\s\\)
23772 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23773 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23774 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23775 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23776 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23778 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23779 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23781 `(category CATEGORY)'
23782 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23783 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23785 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23786 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23787 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23788 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23789 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23790 `symbol' (\\c5)
23791 `digit' (\\c6)
23792 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23793 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23794 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23795 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23796 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23797 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23798 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23799 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23800 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23801 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23802 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23803 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23804 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23805 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23806 `ascii' (\\ca)
23807 `arabic' (\\cb)
23808 `chinese' (\\cc)
23809 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23810 `greek' (\\cg)
23811 `korean' (\\ch)
23812 `indian' (\\ci)
23813 `japanese' (\\cj)
23814 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23815 `latin' (\\cl)
23816 `lao' (\\co)
23817 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23818 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23819 `thai' (\\ct)
23820 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23821 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23822 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23823 `can-break' (\\c|)
23825 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23826 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23828 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23829 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23830 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23831 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23832 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23834 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23835 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23836 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23837 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23839 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23840 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23841 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23842 group number N.
23844 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23845 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23846 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23847 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23848 regular expression.
23850 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23851 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23852 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23853 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23854 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23856 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23857 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23859 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23860 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23862 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23863 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23864 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23866 `(* SEXP ...)'
23867 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23868 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23870 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23871 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23872 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23874 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23875 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23876 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23878 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23879 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23881 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23882 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23884 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23885 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23886 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23887 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23889 `(? SEXP ...)'
23890 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23892 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23893 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23895 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23896 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23897 matches N occurrences.
23899 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23900 matches N or more occurrences.
23902 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23903 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23904 matches N to M occurrences.
23906 `(backref N)'
23907 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23909 `(eval FORM)'
23910 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23911 `regexp-quote' it.
23913 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23914 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23916 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23918 ;;;***
23920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23921 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23923 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23925 ;;;***
23927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23928 ;;;;;; 586000))
23929 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23930 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23932 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23933 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23934 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23937 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23941 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23942 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23947 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23948 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23949 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23950 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23952 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23953 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23954 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23958 ;;;***
23960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23961 ;;;;;; 61000))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23964 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23965 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23966 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23969 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23973 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23974 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23975 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23976 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23980 ;;;***
23982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23983 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23986 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23987 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23988 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23990 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23991 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23992 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23993 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23994 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23995 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23996 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23997 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23999 Commands:
24000 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24001 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24002 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24004 \(fn)" t nil)
24006 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24007 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24008 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24010 Commands:
24011 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24012 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24013 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24014 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24015 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24016 that variable's value is a string.
24018 \(fn)" t nil)
24020 ;;;***
24022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24023 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24026 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24027 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24028 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24030 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24034 ;;;***
24036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24037 ;;;;;; 586000))
24038 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24040 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24041 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24042 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24045 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24049 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24050 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24053 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24055 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24056 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24060 ;;;***
24062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24063 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24064 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24066 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24067 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24069 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24070 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24071 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24072 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24073 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24077 ;;;***
24079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24080 ;;;;;; 739000))
24081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24082 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24083 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24085 ;;;***
24087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24088 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24090 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24092 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24093 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24094 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24096 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24097 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24098 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24099 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24100 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24101 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24102 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24103 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24104 keybinding for tag names.
24105 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24106 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24107 of the symbol under point.
24108 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24109 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24110 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24111 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24112 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24113 syntax tokens.
24114 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24116 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24118 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24119 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24120 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24122 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24123 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24125 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24127 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24128 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24129 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24130 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24131 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24133 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24134 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24135 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24136 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24137 Semantic mode.
24139 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24143 ;;;***
24145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24146 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24149 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24150 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24152 \(fn)" t nil)
24154 ;;;***
24156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24157 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24160 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24161 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24163 \(fn)" t nil)
24165 ;;;***
24167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21861 39358
24168 ;;;;;; 517945 150000))
24169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24171 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24172 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24174 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24175 king@grassland.com
24176 If `parens', they look like:
24177 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24178 If `angles', they look like:
24179 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24181 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24182 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24184 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24186 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24187 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24188 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24189 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24191 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24192 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24193 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24194 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24198 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24199 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24200 This is done when the message is initialized,
24201 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24203 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24205 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24206 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24207 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24209 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24211 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24212 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24213 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24214 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24215 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24216 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24217 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24221 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24222 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24224 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24226 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24227 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24228 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24229 be a Babyl file.")
24231 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24233 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24234 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24235 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24236 when you first send mail.")
24238 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24240 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24241 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24242 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24243 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24244 This file need not actually exist.")
24246 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24248 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24249 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24251 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24253 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24254 Alist of mail address aliases,
24255 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24256 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24257 can specify a different file name.)
24258 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24259 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24261 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24262 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24263 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24265 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24267 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24268 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24269 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24271 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24273 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24274 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24275 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24276 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24277 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24278 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24279 in the cited portion of the message.
24281 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24282 instead of no action.")
24284 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24286 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24287 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24288 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24289 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24290 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24292 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24294 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24295 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24296 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24297 If a string, that string is inserted.
24298 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24299 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24300 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24301 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24303 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24305 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24306 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24308 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24310 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24311 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24312 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24314 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24315 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24317 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24319 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24320 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24321 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24322 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24324 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24326 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24327 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24328 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24330 \(fn)" nil nil)
24332 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24334 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24337 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24339 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24340 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24341 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24343 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24344 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24346 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24347 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24348 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24349 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24350 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24351 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24352 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24353 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24354 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24355 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24356 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24357 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24358 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24359 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24361 \(fn)" t nil)
24363 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24364 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24365 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24366 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24368 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24370 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24371 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24372 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24373 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24374 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24375 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24377 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24378 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24379 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24381 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24382 User should not set this variable manually,
24383 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24384 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24385 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24387 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24388 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24389 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24390 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24392 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24393 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24395 \\<mail-mode-map>
24396 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24398 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24399 to move to message header fields:
24400 \\{mail-mode-map}
24402 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24403 when the message is initialized.
24405 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24406 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24408 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24409 is inserted.
24411 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24412 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24414 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24415 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24416 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24417 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24418 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24419 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24420 buffer without erasing the contents.
24422 The second through fifth arguments,
24423 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24424 the initial contents of those header fields.
24425 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24426 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24427 original message being replied to, or else an action
24428 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24429 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24430 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24431 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24432 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24433 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24435 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24437 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24438 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24440 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24442 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24443 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24445 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24447 ;;;***
24449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21909 4018 525671
24450 ;;;;;; 120000))
24451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24452 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
24454 ;;;***
24456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21916 4736 887897 451000))
24457 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24459 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24461 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24463 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24465 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24466 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24467 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24468 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24469 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24470 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24472 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24473 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24475 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24476 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24477 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24479 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24480 \\[server-start].
24482 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24484 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24485 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24486 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24487 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24489 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24491 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24492 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24493 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24496 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24498 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24500 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24501 Toggle Server mode.
24502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24503 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24504 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24506 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24507 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24508 `server-start' for details.
24510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24512 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24513 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24514 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24516 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24517 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24519 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24521 ;;;***
24523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21855 577 487945 652000))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24526 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24527 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24529 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24530 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24531 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24532 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24533 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24535 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24536 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24537 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24538 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24539 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24540 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24542 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24543 displayed.
24545 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24546 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24547 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24549 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24550 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24552 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24553 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24555 \\{ses-mode-map}
24556 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24557 part):
24558 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24559 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24560 formula:
24561 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24563 \(fn)" t nil)
24565 ;;;***
24567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21939
24568 ;;;;;; 25137 195448 264000))
24569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24571 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24572 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24573 Makes > match <.
24574 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24575 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24577 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24578 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24579 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24581 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24582 in your init file.
24584 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24586 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24587 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24588 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24590 \(fn)" t nil)
24592 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24593 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24594 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24595 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24596 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24597 which this is based.
24599 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24601 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24602 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24603 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24604 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24606 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24607 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24608 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24610 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24611 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24612 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24613 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24615 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24616 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24617 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24618 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24620 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24622 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24623 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24624 To work around that, do:
24625 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24627 \\{html-mode-map}
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24631 ;;;***
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21880
24634 ;;;;;; 3758 862057 0))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24636 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24637 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24639 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24640 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24641 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24642 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24643 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24644 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24646 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24647 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24648 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24649 shell-specific features.
24651 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24652 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24653 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24654 \\<sh-mode-map>
24655 \\[sh-case] case statement
24656 \\[sh-for] for loop
24657 \\[sh-function] function definition
24658 \\[sh-if] if statement
24659 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24660 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24661 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24662 \\[sh-select] select loop
24663 \\[sh-until] until loop
24664 \\[sh-while] while loop
24666 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24667 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24668 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24669 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24670 would indent to the way it currently is.
24671 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24672 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24675 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24676 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24677 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24678 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24679 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24681 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24682 unquoted < insert a here document.
24684 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24685 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24686 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24688 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24689 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24693 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24695 ;;;***
24697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24698 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24701 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24702 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24704 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24705 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24706 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24708 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24709 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24710 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24711 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24712 the earlier.
24714 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24716 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24718 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24719 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24720 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24722 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24723 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24725 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24726 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24727 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24728 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24729 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24730 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24731 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24732 Emacs version).
24734 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24735 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24736 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24737 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24738 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24740 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24741 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24743 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24745 ;;;***
24747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24748 ;;;;;; 586000))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24751 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24752 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24753 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24754 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24755 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24756 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24757 sites in the cluster.
24759 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24761 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24762 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24763 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24764 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24765 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24769 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24770 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24771 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24772 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24773 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24774 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24775 `shadow-define-cluster').
24777 \(fn)" t nil)
24779 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24780 Set up file shadowing.
24782 \(fn)" t nil)
24784 ;;;***
24786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24789 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24790 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24791 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24792 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24793 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24794 arguments.")
24796 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24798 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24799 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24800 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24801 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24802 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24804 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24805 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24806 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24807 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24808 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24809 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24810 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24811 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24812 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24813 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24814 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24816 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24817 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24818 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24819 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24820 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24821 `default-process-coding-system'.
24823 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24824 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24825 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24826 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24828 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24830 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24832 ;;;***
24834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24837 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24838 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24840 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24842 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24843 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24844 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24845 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24847 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24849 ;;;***
24851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24852 ;;;;;; 720000))
24853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24855 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24858 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24860 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24863 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24865 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24868 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24870 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24875 ;;;***
24877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24878 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24881 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24882 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24883 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24884 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24885 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24887 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24889 \(fn)" t nil)
24891 ;;;***
24893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24894 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24897 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24898 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24899 \\{simula-mode-map}
24900 Variables controlling indentation style:
24901 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24902 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24903 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24904 `simula-indent-level'
24905 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24906 `simula-substatement-offset'
24907 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24908 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24909 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24910 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24911 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24912 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24913 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24914 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24915 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24916 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24917 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24918 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24919 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24920 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24921 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24922 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24923 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24924 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24925 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24926 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24927 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24928 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24929 or nil if they should not be changed.
24930 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24931 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24932 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24933 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24935 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24936 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24938 \(fn)" t nil)
24940 ;;;***
24942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21939 25137 183448
24943 ;;;;;; 264000))
24944 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24946 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24947 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24949 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24950 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24951 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24952 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24954 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24956 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24958 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24959 Insert SKELETON.
24960 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24961 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24962 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24963 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24964 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24966 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24967 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24969 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24971 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24972 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24974 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24975 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24976 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24977 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24979 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24980 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24981 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24982 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24984 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24985 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24986 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24988 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24989 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24991 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24992 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24994 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24995 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24996 is at bol/eol
24997 _ interesting point, interregion here
24998 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24999 interesting point set by _
25000 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25001 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25002 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25003 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25004 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25005 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25006 nil skipped
25008 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25009 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25011 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25012 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25013 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25014 as the first element when at bol.
25016 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25017 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25018 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25019 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25020 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25021 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25022 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25023 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25025 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25026 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25027 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25028 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25029 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25030 available:
25032 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25033 then: insert previously read string once more
25034 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25035 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25036 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25038 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25039 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25041 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25043 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25044 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25046 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25047 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25048 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25049 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25050 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25051 such as backslash.
25053 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25054 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25055 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25056 twice for the others.
25058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25060 ;;;***
25062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25063 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25066 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25067 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25068 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25069 buffer names.
25071 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25073 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25074 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25076 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25077 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25078 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25082 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25083 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25084 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25086 \(fn)" t nil)
25088 ;;;***
25090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25091 ;;;;;; 720000))
25092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25094 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25095 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25096 A list of images is returned.
25098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25100 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25101 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25102 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25106 ;;;***
25108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25109 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25112 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25115 \(fn)" nil nil)
25117 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25118 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25120 \(fn)" t nil)
25122 ;;;***
25124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25125 ;;;;;; 720000))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25128 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25129 Play the Snake game.
25130 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25132 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25134 Snake mode keybindings:
25135 \\<snake-mode-map>
25136 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25137 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25138 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25139 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25140 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25141 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25142 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25144 \(fn)" t nil)
25146 ;;;***
25148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25149 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25152 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25153 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25154 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25155 Tab indents for C code.
25156 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25157 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25158 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25159 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25160 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25162 \(fn)" t nil)
25164 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25165 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25166 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25167 Tab indents for C code.
25168 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25169 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25170 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25171 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25172 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25174 \(fn)" t nil)
25176 ;;;***
25178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25179 ;;;;;; 443000))
25180 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25182 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25183 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25184 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25185 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25186 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25188 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25192 ;;;***
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25195 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25198 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25199 Play Solitaire.
25201 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25202 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25203 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25204 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25205 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25206 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25207 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25208 check after each move or undo.)
25210 What is Solitaire?
25212 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25213 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25214 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25216 Le Solitaire
25217 ============
25219 o o o
25221 o o o
25223 o o o o o o o
25225 o o o . o o o
25227 o o o o o o o
25229 o o o
25231 o o o
25233 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25234 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25235 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25236 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25238 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25239 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25240 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25241 this: o o .
25243 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25244 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25246 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25248 o o o
25250 . o o
25252 o o . o o o o
25254 o . o o o o o
25256 o o o o o o o
25258 o o o
25260 o o o
25262 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25264 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25268 ;;;***
25270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25272 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25274 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25275 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25277 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25278 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25279 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25280 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25281 contiguous.
25283 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25284 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25285 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25286 the sort order.
25288 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25289 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25291 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25292 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25293 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25294 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25295 is called.
25297 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25298 It should move point to the end of the record.
25300 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25301 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25302 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25303 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25304 starts at the beginning of the record.
25306 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25307 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25308 same as ENDRECFUN.
25310 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25311 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25312 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25313 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25314 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25315 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25316 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25318 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25320 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25321 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25322 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25323 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25324 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25325 the sort order.
25327 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25329 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25330 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25331 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25332 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25333 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25334 the sort order.
25336 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25338 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25339 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25340 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25341 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25342 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25343 the sort order.
25345 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25346 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25348 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25349 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25350 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25351 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25352 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25353 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25354 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25356 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25358 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25361 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25362 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25363 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25364 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25365 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25366 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25367 the sort order.
25369 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25371 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25372 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25373 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25374 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25376 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25377 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25379 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25380 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25381 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25382 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25383 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25384 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25385 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25386 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25388 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25390 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25391 the sort order.
25393 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25394 starting with the letter \"f\",
25395 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25397 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25399 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25400 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25401 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25402 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25403 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25404 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25405 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25406 the sort order.
25408 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25409 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25410 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25411 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25412 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25414 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25416 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25417 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25418 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25420 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25423 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25424 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25425 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25426 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25427 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25428 each repeated line.
25430 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25431 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25432 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25433 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25435 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25436 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25438 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25439 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25441 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25443 ;;;***
25445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21832 3464 481922 546000))
25446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25448 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25449 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25450 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25451 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25452 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25453 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25455 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25457 ;;;***
25459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25460 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25463 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25464 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25466 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25467 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25468 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25470 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25472 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25473 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25474 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25475 server.
25477 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25479 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25480 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25481 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25483 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25485 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25486 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25487 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25488 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25489 Agent is plugged.
25491 \(fn)" t nil)
25493 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25494 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25495 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25496 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25498 \(fn)" t nil)
25500 ;;;***
25502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25503 ;;;;;; 586000))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25506 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25508 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25509 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25510 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25511 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25512 supported at a time.
25513 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25514 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25518 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25519 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25520 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25521 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25523 \(fn)" t nil)
25525 ;;;***
25527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25528 ;;;;;; 720000))
25529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25531 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25534 \(fn)" t nil)
25536 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25537 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25539 \(fn)" nil nil)
25541 ;;;***
25543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25544 ;;;;;; 145000))
25545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25546 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25548 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25549 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25551 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25552 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25553 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25554 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25555 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25556 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25557 of the current highlighting list.
25559 For example:
25561 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25562 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25564 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25565 `_t' as data types.
25567 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25569 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25570 Major mode to edit SQL.
25572 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25573 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25574 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25576 \\{sql-mode-map}
25577 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25579 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25580 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25581 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25582 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25583 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25584 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25586 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25587 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25589 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25590 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25591 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25593 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25594 (lambda ()
25595 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25597 \(fn)" t nil)
25599 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25600 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25602 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25603 their settings.
25605 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25606 is specified in the connection settings.
25608 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25611 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25613 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25614 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25616 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25617 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25618 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25619 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25621 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25623 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25625 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25626 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25628 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25629 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25630 `*SQL*'.
25632 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25633 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25634 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25635 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25637 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25638 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25640 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25642 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25643 buffer.
25645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25647 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25650 `default-process-coding-system'.
25652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25656 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25657 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25659 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25660 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25661 `*SQL*'.
25663 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25664 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25665 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25666 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25668 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25669 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25671 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25672 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25673 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25674 buffer.
25676 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25677 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25679 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25680 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25681 `default-process-coding-system'.
25683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25688 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25690 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25691 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 `*SQL*'.
25694 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25695 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25697 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25698 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25700 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25702 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25703 buffer.
25705 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25706 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25708 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25709 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25710 `default-process-coding-system'.
25712 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25714 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25716 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25717 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25719 SQLite is free software.
25721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25723 `*SQL*'.
25725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25726 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25727 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25728 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25730 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25731 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25733 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25735 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25736 buffer.
25738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25739 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25740 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25743 `default-process-coding-system'.
25745 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25747 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25750 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25752 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25754 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25755 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25756 `*SQL*'.
25758 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25759 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25760 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25761 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25763 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25764 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25766 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25767 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25768 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25769 buffer.
25771 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25772 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25773 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25774 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25775 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25776 `default-process-coding-system'.
25778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25782 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25783 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25785 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25786 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25787 `*SQL*'.
25789 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25790 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25791 defaults, if set.
25793 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25794 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25796 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25797 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25798 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25799 buffer.
25801 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25802 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25803 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25804 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25805 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25806 `default-process-coding-system'.
25808 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25810 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25812 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25813 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25815 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25816 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25817 `*SQL*'.
25819 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25820 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25822 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25823 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25825 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25826 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25827 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25828 buffer.
25830 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25831 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25832 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25833 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25834 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25835 `default-process-coding-system'.
25837 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25839 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25841 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25842 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25844 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25845 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25846 `*SQL*'.
25848 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25849 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25850 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25851 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25853 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25854 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25856 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25857 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25858 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25859 buffer.
25861 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25862 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25863 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25864 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25865 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25866 `default-process-coding-system'.
25868 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25870 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25872 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25873 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25875 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25876 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25877 `*SQL*'.
25879 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25880 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25881 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25882 `sql-postgres-options'.
25884 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25885 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25888 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25890 buffer.
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25898 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25899 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25901 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25902 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25904 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25906 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25909 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25911 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25912 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25913 `*SQL*'.
25915 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25916 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25917 defaults, if set.
25919 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25920 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25922 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25923 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25924 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25925 buffer.
25927 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25928 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25929 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25930 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25931 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25932 `default-process-coding-system'.
25934 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25938 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25939 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25941 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25942 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25943 `*SQL*'.
25945 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25946 automatic login.
25948 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25949 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25951 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25952 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25953 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25954 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25956 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25957 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25958 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25959 buffer.
25961 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25962 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25963 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25964 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25965 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25966 `default-process-coding-system'.
25968 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25972 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25973 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25977 `*SQL*'.
25979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25980 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25981 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25982 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25983 parameters.
25985 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25986 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25987 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25988 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25989 an empty password.
25991 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25994 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25995 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25996 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25997 buffer.
25999 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26001 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26003 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26004 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26006 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26008 ;;;***
26010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26011 ;;;;;; 725000))
26012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26013 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26015 ;;;***
26017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26018 ;;;;;; (21891 60465 835679 523000))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26021 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26022 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26024 \(fn)" t nil)
26026 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26028 ;;;***
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26031 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26034 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26035 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26036 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26037 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26038 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26039 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26040 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26041 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26042 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26043 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26044 with any buffer
26045 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26046 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26047 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26048 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26050 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26052 ;;;***
26054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
26055 ;;;;;; 586000))
26056 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26058 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26059 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26060 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26061 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26062 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26063 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26065 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26067 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26069 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26070 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26071 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26072 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26073 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26074 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26075 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26077 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26079 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26080 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26081 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26082 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26083 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26084 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26085 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26087 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26089 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26090 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26091 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26093 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26095 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26096 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26097 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26099 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26101 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26102 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26104 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26106 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26107 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26109 \(fn)" t nil)
26111 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26112 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26114 \(fn)" t nil)
26116 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26117 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26118 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26119 by command name.
26120 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26122 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26124 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26125 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26126 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26129 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26131 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26133 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26134 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26137 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26139 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26140 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26141 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26142 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26143 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26145 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26146 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26147 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26148 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26150 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26154 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26155 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26156 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26157 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26159 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26161 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26162 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26164 \(fn)" t nil)
26166 ;;;***
26168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26169 ;;;;;; 42000))
26170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26172 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26173 Studlify-case the region.
26175 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26177 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26178 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26180 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26182 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26183 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26185 \(fn)" t nil)
26187 ;;;***
26189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26190 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26193 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26195 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26196 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26198 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26199 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26201 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26202 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26203 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26204 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26206 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26207 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26208 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26210 Nomenclature Subwords
26211 ===========================================================
26212 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26213 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26214 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26216 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26217 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26219 \\{subword-mode-map}
26221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26223 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26224 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26225 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26228 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26230 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26232 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26233 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26234 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26235 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26236 ARG is omitted or nil.
26238 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26239 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26240 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26244 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26245 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26250 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26251 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26252 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26253 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26255 \\{superword-mode-map}
26257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26259 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26260 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26261 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26263 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26264 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26266 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26268 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26269 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26270 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26271 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26272 ARG is omitted or nil.
26274 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26275 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26276 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26280 ;;;***
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26283 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26286 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26287 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26288 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26289 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26290 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26291 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26292 original message but it does require a few things:
26294 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26296 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26297 reply buffer.
26299 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26300 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26301 original message.
26303 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26305 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26307 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26308 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26309 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26311 \(fn)" nil nil)
26313 ;;;***
26315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26316 ;;;;;; 586000))
26317 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26319 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26321 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26322 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26323 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26325 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26326 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26328 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26330 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26331 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26336 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26337 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26338 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26342 ;;;***
26344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26345 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26347 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26348 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26349 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26350 buffer.
26352 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26353 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26354 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26356 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26359 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26360 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26361 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26362 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26363 buffer.
26365 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26366 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26367 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26369 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371 ;;;***
26373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21948 40114 526686
26374 ;;;;;; 453000))
26375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26377 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26378 Insert an editable text table.
26379 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26380 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26381 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26382 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26383 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26384 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26385 delimiting them.
26387 Examples:
26389 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26391 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26392 location of point.
26396 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26397 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26398 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26399 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26400 first cell.
26402 +-----+-----+-----+
26403 |-!- | | |
26404 +-----+-----+-----+
26406 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26408 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26409 width, which results as
26411 +--------------+-----+-----+
26412 |-!- | | |
26413 +--------------+-----+-----+
26415 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26416 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26418 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26419 | | |-!- |
26420 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26422 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26423 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26424 width information to `table-insert'.
26426 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26428 instead of
26430 Cell width(s): 5
26432 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26433 work all together.
26435 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26436 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26438 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26439 |-!- | | |
26440 | | | |
26441 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26443 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26445 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26446 |-!- | | |
26447 | | | |
26448 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26449 | | | |
26450 | | | |
26451 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26453 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26456 | | | |
26457 | | | |
26458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26459 | | | |
26460 | | | |
26461 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26464 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26465 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26466 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26468 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26469 | | | |
26470 | | | |
26471 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26472 | | | |
26473 | | | |
26474 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26475 |-!- | | |
26476 | | | |
26477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26479 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26480 results.
26482 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26483 | | | |
26484 | | | |
26485 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26486 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26487 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26488 | | |expected results.-!- |
26489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26490 | | | |
26491 | | | |
26492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26494 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26496 \\{table-cell-map}
26498 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26501 Insert N table row(s).
26502 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26503 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26504 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26505 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26507 \(fn N)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26510 Insert N table column(s).
26511 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26512 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26513 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26514 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26516 \(fn N)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26519 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26520 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26522 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26525 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26526 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26527 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26528 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26529 all the table specific features.
26531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26533 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26536 \(fn)" t nil)
26538 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26539 Recognize all tables within region.
26540 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26541 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26542 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26543 specific features.
26545 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26550 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26552 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26553 Recognize a table at point.
26554 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26555 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26556 the table specific features.
26558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26560 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26563 \(fn)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26566 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26567 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26568 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26569 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26570 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26571 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26573 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26575 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26578 \(fn)" t nil)
26580 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26581 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26582 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26583 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26584 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26585 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26586 specified.
26588 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26590 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26591 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26592 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26593 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26594 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26595 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26596 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26597 table structure.
26599 \(fn N)" t nil)
26601 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26602 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26603 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26604 table's rectangle structure.
26606 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26608 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26609 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26610 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26611 table's rectangle structure.
26613 \(fn N)" t nil)
26615 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26616 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26617 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26618 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26619 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26621 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26623 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26624 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26625 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26627 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26628 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26629 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26630 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26631 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26632 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26633 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26635 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26636 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26637 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26638 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26639 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26640 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26641 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26643 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26644 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26645 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26646 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26647 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26648 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26649 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26650 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26652 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26654 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26655 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26656 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26657 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26661 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26662 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26663 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26665 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26667 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26668 Split current cell vertically.
26669 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26671 \(fn)" t nil)
26673 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26674 Split current cell horizontally.
26675 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26679 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26680 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26681 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26683 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26685 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26686 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26687 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26688 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26690 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26692 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26693 Justify cell contents.
26694 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26695 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26696 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26697 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26699 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26701 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26702 Justify cells of a row.
26703 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26704 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26706 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26708 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26709 Justify cells of a column.
26710 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26711 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26713 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26715 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26716 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26717 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26718 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26719 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26720 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26721 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26722 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26723 run-time.
26725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26727 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26728 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26729 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26730 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26731 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26732 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26733 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26734 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26735 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26736 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26737 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26739 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26741 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26742 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26743 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26744 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26745 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26746 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26747 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26748 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26749 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26750 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26751 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26752 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26753 untouched.
26755 References used for this implementation:
26757 HTML:
26758 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26760 LaTeX:
26761 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26763 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26764 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26765 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26767 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26769 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26770 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26771 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26772 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26773 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26774 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26775 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26776 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26777 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26778 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26779 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26780 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26781 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26782 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26783 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26784 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26785 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26787 Example:
26789 (progn
26790 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26791 (table-forward-cell 15)
26792 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26793 (table-forward-cell 16)
26794 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26795 (table-forward-cell 1)
26796 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26798 (progn
26799 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26800 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26801 (table-forward-cell 1)
26802 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26804 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26807 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26808 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26809 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26810 consists from cells of same height.
26812 \(fn N)" t nil)
26814 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26815 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26816 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26817 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26818 column must consists from cells of same width.
26820 \(fn N)" t nil)
26822 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26823 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26824 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26825 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26826 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26827 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26828 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26829 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26830 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26831 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26832 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26833 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26834 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26835 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26836 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26839 Example 1:
26841 1, 2, 3, 4
26842 5, 6, 7, 8
26843 , 9, 10
26845 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26846 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26847 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26848 specified as 5.
26850 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26851 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26852 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26853 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26854 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26855 | | 9 | 10 | |
26856 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26858 Note:
26860 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26861 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26862 of each row is optional.
26865 Example 2:
26867 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26868 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26869 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26870 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26871 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26873 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26874 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26876 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26877 expression and raw delimiter regular
26878 expression, it parses the specified text
26879 area and extracts cell items from
26880 non-table text and then forms a table out
26881 of them.
26883 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26884 creates a single cell table. The text in
26885 the specified region is placed in that
26886 cell.-*-
26888 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26889 like this.
26891 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26892 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26893 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26895 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26896 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26897 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26898 | area and extracts cell items from |
26899 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26900 | of them. |
26902 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26903 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26904 | the specified region is placed in that |
26905 | cell. |
26906 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26908 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26909 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26910 independently.
26912 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26913 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26914 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26915 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26916 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26917 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26918 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26919 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26920 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26921 | |of them. |
26922 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26923 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26924 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26925 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26926 | |cell. |
26927 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26929 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26930 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26931 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26933 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26935 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26936 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26937 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26938 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26939 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26941 \(fn)" t nil)
26943 ;;;***
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26948 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26949 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26951 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26953 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26954 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26956 \(fn)" t nil)
26958 ;;;***
26960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26961 ;;;;;; 752000))
26962 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26964 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26965 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26966 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26967 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26968 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26969 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26970 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26972 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26973 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26974 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26975 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26977 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26978 \\{tar-mode-map}
26980 \(fn)" t nil)
26982 ;;;***
26984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26985 ;;;;;; 570000))
26986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26988 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26989 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26990 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26991 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26992 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26993 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26995 Variables controlling indentation style:
26996 `tcl-indent-level'
26997 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26998 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26999 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27001 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27002 documentation for details):
27003 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27004 Controls action of TAB key.
27005 `tcl-auto-newline'
27006 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27007 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27008 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27009 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27010 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27012 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27013 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27014 already exist.
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27018 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27019 Run inferior Tcl process.
27020 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27021 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27023 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27025 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27026 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27027 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27029 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27031 ;;;***
27033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27034 ;;;;;; 782000))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27037 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27038 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27039 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27040 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27042 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27043 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27044 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27045 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27046 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27048 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27050 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27051 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27052 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27053 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27055 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27057 ;;;***
27059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
27060 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27062 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27063 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27064 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27065 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27066 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27067 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27069 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27071 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27072 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27073 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27074 commands to use in that buffer.
27076 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27078 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27080 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27081 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27083 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27086 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27087 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27088 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27089 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27090 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27091 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27092 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27093 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27094 use in that buffer.
27095 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27097 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27099 ;;;***
27101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21834
27102 ;;;;;; 29303 521933 754000))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27105 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27106 Start coverage on function under point.
27108 \(fn)" t nil)
27110 ;;;***
27112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27113 ;;;;;; 720000))
27114 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27115 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27117 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27118 Play the Tetris game.
27119 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27120 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27121 as to form complete rows.
27123 tetris-mode keybindings:
27124 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27125 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27126 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27127 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27128 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27129 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27130 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27131 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27132 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27134 \(fn)" t nil)
27136 ;;;***
27138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21862 60209
27139 ;;;;;; 908658 140000))
27140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27142 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27143 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27145 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27147 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27148 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27149 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27150 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27151 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27153 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27155 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27156 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27157 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27158 if it matches the first line of the file,
27159 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27161 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27163 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27164 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27165 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27166 if the variable is non-nil.")
27168 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27170 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27171 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27173 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27175 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27176 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27177 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27178 See the documentation of that variable.")
27180 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27182 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27183 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27184 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27185 See the documentation of that variable.")
27187 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27189 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27190 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27191 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27192 See the documentation of that variable.")
27194 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27196 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27197 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27198 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27199 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27200 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27202 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27204 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27205 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27206 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27207 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27209 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27211 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27212 User defined LaTeX block names.
27213 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27215 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27217 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27218 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27219 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27220 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27222 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27224 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27225 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27226 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27227 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27229 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27231 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27232 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27233 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27234 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27236 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27237 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27238 for example,
27240 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27241 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27243 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27244 use.")
27246 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27248 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27249 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27250 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27251 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27252 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27254 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27256 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27258 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27259 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27260 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27262 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27264 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27265 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27266 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27267 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27268 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27270 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27272 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27273 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27275 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27277 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27278 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27280 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27282 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27283 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27284 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27285 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27286 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27287 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27288 says which mode to use.
27290 \(fn)" t nil)
27292 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27294 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27296 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27298 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27299 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27300 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27301 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27302 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27304 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27305 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27306 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27307 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27308 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27309 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27310 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27312 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27313 mismatched $'s or braces.
27315 Special commands:
27316 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27318 Mode variables:
27319 tex-run-command
27320 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27321 tex-directory
27322 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27323 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27324 tex-dvi-print-command
27325 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27326 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27327 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27328 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27329 tex-dvi-view-command
27330 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27331 tex-show-queue-command
27332 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27333 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27335 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27336 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27337 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27341 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27342 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27343 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27344 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27345 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27347 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27348 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27349 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27350 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27351 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27352 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27353 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27355 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27356 mismatched $'s or braces.
27358 Special commands:
27359 \\{latex-mode-map}
27361 Mode variables:
27362 latex-run-command
27363 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27364 tex-directory
27365 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27366 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27367 tex-dvi-print-command
27368 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27369 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27370 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27371 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27372 tex-dvi-view-command
27373 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27374 tex-show-queue-command
27375 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27376 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27378 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27379 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27380 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27382 \(fn)" t nil)
27384 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27385 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27386 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27387 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27388 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27390 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27391 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27392 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27393 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27394 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27395 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27396 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27398 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27399 mismatched $'s or braces.
27401 Special commands:
27402 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27404 Mode variables:
27405 slitex-run-command
27406 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27407 tex-directory
27408 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27409 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27410 tex-dvi-print-command
27411 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27412 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27413 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27414 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27415 tex-dvi-view-command
27416 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27417 tex-show-queue-command
27418 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27419 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27421 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27422 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27423 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27424 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27426 \(fn)" t nil)
27428 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27434 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27436 \(fn)" t nil)
27438 ;;;***
27440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21907 48688
27441 ;;;;;; 825360 195000))
27442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27444 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27445 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27446 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27447 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27449 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27450 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27451 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27453 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27455 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27456 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27457 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27458 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27459 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27461 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27463 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27464 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27465 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27466 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27468 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27469 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27470 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27471 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27473 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27474 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27476 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27478 ;;;***
27480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21862 60209
27481 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27484 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27485 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27487 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27489 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27490 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27492 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27494 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27495 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27497 It has these extra commands:
27498 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27500 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27501 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27502 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27503 modified version of TeX input format.
27505 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27506 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27507 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27508 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27510 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27511 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27512 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27513 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27514 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27515 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27516 in the Texinfo file.
27518 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27519 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27520 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27521 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27522 move forward past the closing brace.
27524 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27525 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27527 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27528 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27529 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27531 Here are the functions:
27533 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27534 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27535 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27537 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27538 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27539 texinfo-master-menu
27541 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27543 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27544 which menu descriptions are indented.
27546 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27547 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27548 in the region.
27550 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27551 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27552 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27553 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27555 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27556 be the first node in the file.
27558 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27559 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27563 ;;;***
27565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27566 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27567 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27569 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27570 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27571 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27572 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27574 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27576 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27577 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27579 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27581 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27582 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27584 \(fn)" t nil)
27586 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27589 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27591 ;;;***
27593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21918 18992 829579
27594 ;;;;;; 660000))
27595 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27597 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27598 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27599 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27600 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27601 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27602 `line', and `page'.
27604 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27606 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27607 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27608 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27609 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27610 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27611 `line', and `page'.
27613 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27614 valid THING.
27616 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27617 positions of the thing found.
27619 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27621 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27622 Return the THING at point.
27623 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27624 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27625 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27626 `line', `number', and `page'.
27628 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27629 strip text properties from the return value.
27631 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27632 a symbol as a valid THING.
27634 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27636 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27637 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27639 \(fn)" nil nil)
27641 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27642 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27644 \(fn)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27647 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27649 \(fn)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27652 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27654 \(fn)" nil nil)
27656 ;;;***
27658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27659 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27661 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27662 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27664 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27666 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27667 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27668 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27669 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27671 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27673 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27674 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27676 \(fn)" t nil)
27678 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27679 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27681 \(fn)" t nil)
27683 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27685 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27686 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27688 \(fn)" t nil)
27690 ;;;***
27692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27693 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27696 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27697 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27698 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27700 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27702 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27703 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27705 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27707 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27708 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27709 The returned string has no composition information.
27711 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27713 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27714 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27716 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27718 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27719 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27723 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27724 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27725 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27726 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27730 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27731 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27732 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27733 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27738 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27739 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27744 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27745 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27747 \(fn)" t nil)
27749 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27752 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27754 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27757 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27759 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27762 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27764 ;;;***
27766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27767 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27769 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27771 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27772 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27773 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27774 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27775 parameters.
27776 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27777 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27778 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27780 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27782 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27783 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27784 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27785 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27786 parameters.
27787 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27788 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27789 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27791 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27793 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27794 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27797 * character before point is a space character,
27798 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27799 constituent),
27800 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27801 characters) from before the space character, and
27802 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27803 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27804 return t.
27806 Otherwise, if
27807 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27808 * character before point is a space character, and
27809 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27810 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27811 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27813 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27815 \(fn)" t nil)
27817 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27818 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27820 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27821 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27822 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27823 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27825 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27826 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27827 variable will be set to the representation.
27829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27831 ;;;***
27833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21942 1330 821986 820000))
27834 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27836 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27837 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27839 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27840 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27842 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27843 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27844 This display updates automatically every minute.
27845 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27846 are displayed as well.
27847 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27849 \(fn)" t nil)
27851 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27852 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27853 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27856 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27858 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27860 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27861 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27863 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27864 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27866 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27867 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27868 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27869 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27870 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27874 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27875 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27876 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27877 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27879 \(fn)" t nil)
27881 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27882 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27883 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27884 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27886 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27888 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27889 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27893 ;;;***
27895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27896 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27899 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27900 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27901 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27903 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27904 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27905 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27906 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27907 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27908 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27910 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27911 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27913 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27915 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27916 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27918 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27920 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27921 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27922 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27924 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27926 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27927 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27928 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27929 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27931 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27932 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27933 DATE should be a date-time string.
27935 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27937 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27938 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27939 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27941 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27943 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27944 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27946 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27948 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27949 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27951 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27953 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27954 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27955 TIME should be a time value.
27956 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27958 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27960 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27961 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27962 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27964 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27966 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27967 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27968 The valid format specifiers are:
27969 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27970 %d is the number of days.
27971 %h is the number of hours.
27972 %m is the number of minutes.
27973 %s is the number of seconds.
27974 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27975 %% is a literal \"%\".
27977 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27978 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27980 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27981 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27982 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27984 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27985 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27986 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27988 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27990 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27992 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27993 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27995 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27997 ;;;***
27999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21942 1330 821986
28000 ;;;;;; 820000))
28001 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28002 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28003 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28004 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28005 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28006 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28007 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28008 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28009 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28011 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28012 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28013 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28014 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28015 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28016 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28017 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28018 look like one of the following:
28019 Time-stamp: <>
28020 Time-stamp: \" \"
28021 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28022 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28023 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28024 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28025 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28026 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28027 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28028 the template.
28030 \(fn)" t nil)
28032 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28033 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28034 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28038 ;;;***
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
28041 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
28042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28043 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28045 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28046 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28047 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28050 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28052 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28054 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28055 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28056 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28057 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28058 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28059 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28060 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28061 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28062 display (non-nil means on).
28064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28066 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28067 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28068 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28069 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28070 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28071 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28072 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28073 this function is called within a day.
28075 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28076 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28077 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28078 discover the name of the project.
28080 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28082 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28083 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28084 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28085 begun during the last time segment.
28087 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28088 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28089 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28090 discover the reason.
28092 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28094 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28095 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28096 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28097 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28098 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28100 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28102 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28103 Change to working on a different project.
28104 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28105 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28106 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28107 working on.
28109 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28111 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28112 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28113 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28115 \(fn)" nil nil)
28117 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28118 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28119 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28123 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28124 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28125 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28126 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28127 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28128 \"relative to today\".
28130 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28132 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28133 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28134 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28135 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28137 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28139 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28140 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28141 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28142 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28143 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28144 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28146 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28148 ;;;***
28150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28151 ;;;;;; (21874 379 470923 336000))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28154 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28155 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28156 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28157 the generated Quail package is saved.
28159 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28161 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28162 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28163 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28164 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28165 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28166 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28167 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28171 ;;;***
28173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28175 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28176 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28178 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28179 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28180 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28181 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28182 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28184 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28185 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28186 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28188 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28190 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28191 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28192 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28193 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28194 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28196 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28198 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28199 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28200 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28201 in the menu in two ways:
28202 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28203 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28204 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28206 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28207 keymap or an alist of alists.
28208 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28209 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28211 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28213 ;;;***
28215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21893
28216 ;;;;;; 15793 471985 415000))
28217 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28219 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28220 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28222 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28223 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28224 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28225 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28226 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28227 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28228 file was last visited.
28230 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28231 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28232 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28233 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28234 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28235 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28236 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28237 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28238 for the first item.
28240 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28241 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28242 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28243 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28244 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28245 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28246 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28247 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28249 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28250 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28251 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28252 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28253 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28255 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28256 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28258 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28260 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28261 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28263 \\{todo-mode-map}
28265 \(fn)" t nil)
28267 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28268 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28270 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28272 \(fn)" t nil)
28274 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28275 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28277 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28279 \(fn)" t nil)
28281 ;;;***
28283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28284 ;;;;;; 586000))
28285 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28287 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28288 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28289 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28293 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28294 Add an item to the tool bar.
28295 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28296 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28297 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28298 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28300 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28301 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28302 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28303 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28305 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28306 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28308 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28310 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28311 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28312 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28313 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28314 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28315 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28317 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28318 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28319 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28320 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28322 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28324 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28325 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28326 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28327 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28328 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28329 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28330 properties to add to the binding.
28332 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28334 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28335 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28337 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28339 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28340 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28341 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28342 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28343 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28344 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28345 properties to add to the binding.
28347 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28348 holds a keymap.
28350 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28352 ;;;***
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28355 ;;;;;; 725000))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28358 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28359 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28360 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28361 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28362 to a tcp server on another machine.
28364 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28366 ;;;***
28368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28369 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28372 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28373 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28375 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28377 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28378 Helper function to get internal values.
28379 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28381 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28383 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28384 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28385 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28386 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28388 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28389 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28390 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28391 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28392 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28394 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28395 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28396 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28397 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28399 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28401 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28403 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28404 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28405 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28406 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28408 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28410 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28412 ;;;***
28414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21945 63921 461174
28415 ;;;;;; 555000))
28416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28418 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28419 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28420 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28422 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28424 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28425 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28427 It can have the following values:
28429 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28430 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28432 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28434 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28435 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28436 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28437 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28439 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28441 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28442 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28443 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28444 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28446 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28447 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28448 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28449 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28450 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28451 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28452 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28453 files which are not really Tramp files.
28455 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28456 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28457 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28458 updated after changing this variable.
28460 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28462 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28463 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28464 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28465 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28467 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28469 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28470 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28471 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28472 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28474 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28475 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28476 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28478 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28479 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28480 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28481 updated after changing this variable.
28483 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28485 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28486 Alist of completion handler functions.
28487 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28488 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28489 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28491 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28492 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28493 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28494 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28496 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28497 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28498 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28500 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28501 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28503 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28504 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28506 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28508 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28511 \(fn)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28514 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28516 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28518 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28519 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28521 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28523 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28524 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28526 \(fn)" t nil)
28528 ;;;***
28530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28531 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28534 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28537 \(fn)" nil nil)
28539 ;;;***
28541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28542 ;;;;;; 586000))
28543 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28545 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28546 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28547 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28548 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28549 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28550 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28551 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28552 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28554 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28555 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28556 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28558 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28559 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28560 resumed later.
28562 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28564 ;;;***
28566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28567 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28570 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28573 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28575 ;;;***
28577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28578 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28580 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28581 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28582 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28584 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28585 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28586 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28587 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28588 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28589 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28590 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28594 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28595 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28596 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28597 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28599 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28601 \(fn)" t nil)
28603 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28604 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28605 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28606 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28607 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28608 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28609 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28611 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28612 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28614 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28615 \\___/\\
28616 / \\
28617 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28619 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28623 ;;;***
28625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21855 577 527945
28626 ;;;;;; 248000))
28627 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28629 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28630 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28631 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28634 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28636 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28638 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28639 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28640 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28642 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28643 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28644 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28645 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28646 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28647 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28648 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28650 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28651 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28653 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28654 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28655 reset the keystroke counter.
28657 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28658 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28659 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28660 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28662 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28663 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28664 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28665 `type-break-schedule' command.
28667 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28668 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28669 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28670 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28671 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28672 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28673 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28674 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28675 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28677 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28678 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28679 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28680 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28681 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28683 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28684 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28685 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28686 approximate good values for this.
28688 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28689 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28691 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28692 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28693 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28694 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28695 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28696 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28698 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28699 a typing break occur. They include:
28701 `type-break-query-mode'
28702 `type-break-query-function'
28703 `type-break-query-interval'
28705 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28707 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28708 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28709 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28710 problems.
28712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28714 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28715 Take a typing break.
28717 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28718 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28720 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28721 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28723 \(fn)" t nil)
28725 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28726 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28727 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28728 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28730 \(fn)" t nil)
28732 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28733 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28735 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28736 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28737 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28738 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28739 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28740 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28741 average typing speed.)
28743 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28744 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28745 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28746 the computed maximum threshold.
28748 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28749 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28750 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28751 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28752 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28754 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28756 ;;;***
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28761 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28762 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28763 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28764 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28765 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28767 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28769 ;;;***
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28775 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28776 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28778 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28780 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28781 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28783 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28786 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28788 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28790 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28791 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28793 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28796 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28798 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28800 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28801 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28803 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28806 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28810 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28811 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28813 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28816 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28820 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28821 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28823 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28826 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28830 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28831 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28835 ;;;***
28837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28838 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28841 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28842 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28843 Works by overstriking underscores.
28844 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28845 which specify the range to operate on.
28847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28849 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28850 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28851 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28852 which specify the range to operate on.
28854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28856 ;;;***
28858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28859 ;;;;;; 720000))
28860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28862 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28863 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28864 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28865 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28866 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28867 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28869 \(fn)" nil nil)
28871 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28872 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28873 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28875 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28877 ;;;***
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28880 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28883 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28884 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28885 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28886 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28888 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28890 ;;;***
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28895 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28896 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28897 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28898 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28899 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28901 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28902 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28903 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28904 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28905 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28906 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28908 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28909 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28910 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28912 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28913 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28914 the callback is not called).
28916 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28917 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28918 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28919 take effect.
28921 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28922 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28923 the server.
28924 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28925 URL-encoded before it's used.
28927 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28929 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28930 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28931 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28932 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28933 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28935 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28937 ;;;***
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28940 ;;;;;; 586000))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28943 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28944 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28945 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28947 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28948 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28949 `url-generic-parse-url'
28950 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28951 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28952 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28953 realm
28954 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28955 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28956 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28957 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28958 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28959 what type of auth to use
28960 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28961 if one cannot be found in the cache
28963 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28965 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28966 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28968 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28969 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28970 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28971 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28972 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28973 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28974 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28975 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28977 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28979 ;;;***
28981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28982 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28985 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28986 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28988 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28991 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28992 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28994 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28996 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28997 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28999 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29001 ;;;***
29003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29004 ;;;;;; 586000))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29007 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29012 ;;;***
29014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
29015 ;;;;;; 624000))
29016 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29018 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29019 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29020 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29024 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29025 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29026 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29027 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29029 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29030 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29031 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29032 though.
29034 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29036 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29037 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29038 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29040 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29047 ;;;***
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29050 ;;;;;; 586000))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29053 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29054 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29056 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29058 ;;;***
29060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
29061 ;;;;;; 586000))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29064 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29065 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29067 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29069 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29070 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29071 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29072 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29073 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29075 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29076 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29078 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29080 ;;;***
29082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29083 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29086 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29087 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29088 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29091 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29093 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29095 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29096 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29098 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29099 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29103 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29104 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29105 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29106 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29108 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29111 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29112 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29113 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29114 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29115 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29116 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29117 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29118 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29119 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29121 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29123 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29124 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29125 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29126 accessible.
29128 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29133 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29135 ;;;***
29137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29138 ;;;;;; 711000))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29140 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29142 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29143 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29144 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29145 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29146 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29148 ;;;***
29150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29151 ;;;;;; 586000))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29154 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29157 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29159 ;;;***
29161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29162 ;;;;;; 586000))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29165 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29166 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29167 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29168 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29169 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29171 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29173 ;;;***
29175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29176 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29179 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29184 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29185 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29189 ;;;***
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29192 ;;;;;; 586000))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29195 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29196 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29198 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29200 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29201 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29203 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29208 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29210 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29212 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29214 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29216 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29217 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29221 ;;;***
29223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29224 ;;;;;; 586000))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29227 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29230 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29235 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29237 ;;;***
29239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29240 ;;;;;; 586000))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29243 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29246 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29251 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29256 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29258 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29261 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29263 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29266 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29268 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29271 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29273 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29276 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29278 ;;;***
29280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29281 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29282 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29284 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29285 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29287 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29290 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29291 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29293 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29294 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29295 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29296 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29297 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29298 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29299 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29300 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29301 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29302 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29303 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29304 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29305 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29306 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29308 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29309 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29310 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29312 Here is an example. The URL
29314 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29316 parses to
29318 TYPE = \"foo\"
29319 USER = \"bob\"
29320 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29321 HOST = \"example.com\"
29322 PORTSPEC = 42
29323 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29324 TARGET = \"nose\"
29325 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29326 FULLNESS = t
29328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29330 ;;;***
29332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29333 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29334 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29336 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29337 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29339 \(fn)" t nil)
29341 ;;;***
29343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29344 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29345 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29347 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29348 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29349 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29350 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29351 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29352 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29354 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29356 ;;;***
29358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29359 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29362 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29363 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29364 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29366 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29368 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29369 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29370 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29371 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29373 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29375 ;;;***
29377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29378 ;;;;;; 586000))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29381 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29382 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29383 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29385 If t, all messages will be logged.
29386 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29387 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29389 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29391 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29394 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29396 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29399 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29401 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29402 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29403 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29404 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29405 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29406 & ==> &amp;
29407 < ==> &lt;
29408 > ==> &gt;
29409 \" ==> &quot;
29411 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29413 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29414 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29415 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29417 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29419 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29420 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29421 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29423 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29425 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29426 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29428 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29430 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29431 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29433 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29435 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29436 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29438 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29440 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29443 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29445 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29448 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29450 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29452 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29453 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29455 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29457 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29458 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29460 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29462 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29465 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29467 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29468 Build a query-string.
29470 Given a QUERY in the form:
29471 '((key1 val1)
29472 (key2 val2)
29473 (key3 val1 val2)
29474 (key4)
29475 (key5 \"\"))
29477 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29479 This will return a string
29480 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29481 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29482 be used.
29484 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29486 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29487 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29489 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29491 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29492 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29493 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29494 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29495 forbidden in URL encoding.
29497 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29499 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29500 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29501 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29502 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29503 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29504 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29506 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29507 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29508 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29509 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29511 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29513 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29514 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29515 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29516 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29517 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29518 should return it unchanged.
29520 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29522 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29523 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29524 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29525 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29527 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29529 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29530 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29531 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29533 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29535 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29536 View the current document's URL.
29537 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29538 the minibuffer.
29540 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29542 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29544 ;;;***
29546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29547 ;;;;;; 586000))
29548 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29550 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29551 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29552 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29553 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29554 to refrain from editing the file
29555 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29556 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29557 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29558 in any way you like.
29560 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29562 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29563 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29564 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29565 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29566 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29568 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29569 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29571 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29573 ;;;***
29575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29576 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29579 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29582 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29584 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29587 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29589 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29592 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29594 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29597 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29599 ;;;***
29601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29604 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29605 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29607 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29609 ;;;***
29611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29612 ;;;;;; 554000))
29613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29615 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29616 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29617 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29618 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29620 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29622 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29623 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29624 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29626 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29628 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29629 Uudecode region between START and END.
29630 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29632 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29634 ;;;***
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21923 36911 845418 539000))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29639 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29640 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29641 See `run-hooks'.")
29643 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29645 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29646 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29647 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29649 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29651 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29652 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29653 See `run-hooks'.")
29655 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29657 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29658 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29660 If FILE is already registered, return the
29661 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29662 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29663 responsible for FILE is returned.
29665 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29667 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29668 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29669 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29670 same state. If not, signal an error.
29672 For merging-based version control systems:
29673 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29674 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29675 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29676 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29677 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29678 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29680 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29681 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29682 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29683 the file(s) for editing.
29684 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29685 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29686 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29687 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29688 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29690 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29692 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29693 Register into a version control system.
29694 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29695 Otherwise register the current file.
29696 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29698 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29699 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29700 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29701 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29702 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29703 first backend that could register the file is used.
29705 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29707 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29708 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29710 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29712 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29713 Display diffs between file revisions.
29714 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29715 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29716 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29718 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29719 saving the buffer.
29721 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29723 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29724 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29725 repository history using ediff.
29727 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29729 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29730 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29731 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29732 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29733 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29735 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29736 saving the buffer.
29738 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29740 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29741 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29742 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29743 fileset with the working revision.
29744 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29745 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29747 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29748 saving the buffer.
29750 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29752 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29753 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29754 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29756 \(fn)" nil nil)
29758 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29759 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29760 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29761 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29763 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29765 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29766 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29767 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29768 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29770 \(fn)" t nil)
29772 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29773 Perform a version control merge operation.
29774 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29775 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29776 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29777 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29779 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29780 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29781 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29782 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29783 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29784 changes from the current branch.
29786 \(fn)" t nil)
29788 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29790 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29791 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29792 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29793 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29794 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29795 checked out in that new branch.
29797 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29799 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29800 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29801 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29802 named branch in the directory DIR.
29803 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29804 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29805 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29806 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29807 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29808 allowed and simply skipped).
29810 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29812 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29813 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29814 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29815 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29816 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29818 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29819 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29821 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29823 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29824 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29825 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29826 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29827 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29829 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29831 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29832 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29833 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29835 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29837 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29838 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29839 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29841 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29843 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29844 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29846 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29848 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29849 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29850 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29851 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29853 \(fn)" t nil)
29855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29857 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29858 Update the current fileset or branch.
29859 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29860 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29861 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29862 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29864 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29865 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29866 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29867 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29868 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29872 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29874 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29875 Push the current branch.
29876 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29877 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29878 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29879 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29880 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29884 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29885 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29886 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29887 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29888 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29889 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29890 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29892 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29894 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29895 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29896 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29897 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29898 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29899 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29900 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29901 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29902 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29904 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29906 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29907 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29908 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29909 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29911 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29913 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29914 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29915 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29916 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29918 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29920 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29921 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29922 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29923 directory.
29925 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29927 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29928 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29929 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29931 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29932 log entries should be gathered.
29934 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29936 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29937 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29939 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29941 ;;;***
29943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29944 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29947 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29948 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29950 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29951 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29952 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29953 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29954 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29955 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29957 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29958 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29959 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29960 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29961 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29962 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29963 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29964 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29966 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29968 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29970 Customization variables:
29972 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29973 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29974 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29975 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29976 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29977 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29979 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29981 ;;;***
29983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29984 ;;;;;; 703000))
29985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29987 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29988 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29990 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29991 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29992 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29993 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29994 (progn
29995 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29996 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29998 ;;;***
30000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
30001 ;;;;;; 554000))
30002 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30003 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30004 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30005 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30006 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30007 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30008 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30010 ;;;***
30012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
30013 ;;;;;; 272000))
30014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30016 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30017 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30018 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30019 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30020 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30022 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30023 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30024 The file lines appear later.
30026 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30027 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30029 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30031 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30033 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30035 ;;;***
30037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30038 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30041 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30042 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30043 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30044 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30045 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30046 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30047 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30048 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30049 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30050 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30051 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30052 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30053 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30054 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30055 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30057 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30059 ;;;***
30061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21888 48854 948181
30062 ;;;;;; 796000))
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30064 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30065 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30066 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30067 (progn
30068 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30069 (vc-git-registered file))))
30071 ;;;***
30073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21932 51888 960440 344000))
30074 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30075 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30076 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30077 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30078 (progn
30079 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30080 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30082 ;;;***
30084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21945 63921 477174
30085 ;;;;;; 555000))
30086 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30088 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30089 Name of the monotone directory.")
30091 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30092 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30093 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30094 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30095 (progn
30096 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30097 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30099 ;;;***
30101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21896 48221 810207
30102 ;;;;;; 816000))
30103 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30105 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30106 Where to look for RCS master files.
30107 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30109 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30111 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30113 ;;;***
30115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30116 ;;;;;; 274000))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30119 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30120 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30121 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30123 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30125 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30127 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30128 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30129 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30130 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30132 ;;;***
30134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30135 ;;;;;; 274000))
30136 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30138 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30139 Where to look for SRC master files.
30140 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30142 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30144 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30146 ;;;***
30148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21916 4736 891897
30149 ;;;;;; 451000))
30150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30151 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30152 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30153 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30154 "_svn")
30155 (t ".svn"))))
30156 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30157 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30158 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30160 ;;;***
30162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30163 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30165 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30168 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30169 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30171 Usage:
30172 ------
30174 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30175 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30176 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30177 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30179 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30180 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30181 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30182 completions.
30184 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30185 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30187 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30188 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30190 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30191 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30192 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30194 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30197 Maintenance:
30198 ------------
30200 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30201 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30203 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30205 Official distribution is at
30206 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30209 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30210 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30212 Key bindings:
30213 -------------
30215 \\{vera-mode-map}
30217 \(fn)" t nil)
30219 ;;;***
30221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30222 ;;;;;; (21862 60209 898658 614000))
30223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30225 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30226 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30227 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30228 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30229 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30231 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30233 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30234 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30236 Supports highlighting.
30238 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30239 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30241 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30243 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30244 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30245 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30246 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30247 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30248 on the left side of your screen.
30249 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30250 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30251 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30252 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30253 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30254 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30255 function keyword.
30256 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30257 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30258 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30259 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30260 if (a)
30261 begin
30262 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30263 Indentation for case statements.
30264 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30265 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30266 mark after an end.
30267 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30268 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30269 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30270 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30271 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30272 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30273 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30274 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30275 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30276 if (a)
30277 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30278 otherwise you get:
30279 if (a)
30280 begin
30281 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30282 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30283 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30284 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30285 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30286 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30287 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30288 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30289 comments in tight quarters.
30290 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30291 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30293 Variables controlling other actions:
30295 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30296 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30297 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30299 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30301 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30303 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30304 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30305 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30307 Some other functions are:
30309 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30310 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30311 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30312 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30313 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30315 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30316 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30317 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30318 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30320 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30321 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30322 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30323 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30324 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30325 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30326 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30327 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30328 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30329 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30330 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30331 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30332 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30333 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30334 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30335 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30336 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30337 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30338 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30339 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30340 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30341 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30342 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30343 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30344 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30345 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30346 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30347 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30348 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30349 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30350 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30352 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30353 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30355 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30357 \(fn)" t nil)
30359 ;;;***
30361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21948
30362 ;;;;;; 40114 482686 453000))
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30365 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30366 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30368 Usage:
30369 ------
30371 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30372 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30373 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30374 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30375 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30376 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30377 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30378 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30379 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30381 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30382 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30383 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30384 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30386 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30387 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30388 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30389 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30390 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30392 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30393 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30396 HEADER INSERTION:
30397 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30398 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30399 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30402 STUTTERING:
30403 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30404 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30405 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30406 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30408 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30409 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30410 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30411 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30412 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30415 WORD COMPLETION:
30416 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30417 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30418 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30419 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30421 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30422 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30423 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30424 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30425 beginning with \"std\").
30427 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30428 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30429 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30430 stop.
30433 COMMENTS:
30434 `--' puts a single comment.
30435 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30436 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30437 with a comment in between.
30438 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30439 out following lines.
30440 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30441 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30442 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30443 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30445 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30446 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30447 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30448 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30449 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30450 non-nil.
30452 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30453 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30454 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30455 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30456 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30457 multi-line comments.
30460 INDENTATION:
30461 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30462 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30463 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30464 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30465 the entire region.
30467 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30468 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30469 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30470 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30472 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30473 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30474 and vice versa.
30476 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30477 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30479 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30480 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30481 line.
30484 ALIGNMENT:
30485 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30486 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30487 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30488 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30489 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30490 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30491 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30492 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30494 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30495 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30496 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30497 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30498 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30499 is non-nil.
30501 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30502 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30503 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30505 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30506 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30509 CODE FILLING:
30510 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30511 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30512 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30513 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30514 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30515 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30518 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30519 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30520 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30521 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30522 command:
30524 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30527 PORT TRANSLATION:
30528 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30529 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30530 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30531 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30532 internal signal initializations (menu).
30534 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30535 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30536 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30538 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30539 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30540 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30541 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30542 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30543 in subsequent paste operations.)
30545 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30546 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30547 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30550 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30551 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30552 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30553 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30554 association list with formals).
30557 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30558 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30559 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30560 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30561 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30562 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30563 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30564 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30565 `vhdl-testbench'.
30568 KEY BINDINGS:
30569 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30572 VHDL MENU:
30573 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30576 FILE BROWSER:
30577 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30578 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30579 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30581 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30582 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30585 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30586 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30587 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30588 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30590 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30591 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30592 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30594 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30595 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30596 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30597 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30599 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30600 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30601 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30602 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30603 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30605 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30606 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30607 required by secondary units.
30610 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30611 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30612 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30613 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30614 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30615 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30616 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30617 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30618 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30619 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30620 inputs to this component -> input port created
30621 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30622 outputs from this component -> output port created
30623 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30624 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30626 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30627 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30628 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30629 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30630 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30632 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30633 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30635 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30636 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30637 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30638 component instantiation is also supported (option
30639 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30641 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30642 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30643 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30644 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30645 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30646 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30647 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30648 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30649 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30650 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30651 generating the configuration.
30653 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30654 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30655 configurations in speedbar.
30657 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30660 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30661 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30662 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30663 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30664 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30665 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30666 information. New compilers can be added.
30668 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30669 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30672 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30673 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30674 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30675 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30676 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30678 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30679 command:
30681 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30682 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30683 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30685 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30686 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30687 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30688 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30689 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30690 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30691 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30692 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30693 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30695 Limitations:
30696 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30697 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30698 not (yet) supported.
30699 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30700 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30701 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30704 PROJECTS:
30705 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30706 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30707 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30708 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30709 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30710 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30711 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30712 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30714 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30715 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30716 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30717 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30718 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30719 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30720 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30721 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30722 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30723 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30724 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30727 SPECIAL MENUES:
30728 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30729 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30730 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30731 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30732 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30733 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30734 current directory for VHDL source files.
30737 VHDL STANDARDS:
30738 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30739 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30742 KEYWORD CASE:
30743 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30744 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30745 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30746 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30747 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30748 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30749 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30750 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30753 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30754 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30755 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30756 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30757 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30758 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30759 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30761 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30762 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30763 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30764 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30765 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30766 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30768 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30769 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30770 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30771 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30772 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30773 visually.
30775 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30776 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30777 highlighted if written in lower case.
30779 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30780 highlighted using a different background color if option
30781 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30783 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30784 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30785 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30786 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30787 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30790 USER MODELS:
30791 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30792 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30793 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30796 HIDE/SHOW:
30797 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30798 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30799 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30800 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30801 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30804 CODE UPDATING:
30805 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30806 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30807 Limitations:
30808 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30809 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30810 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30811 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30812 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30813 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30814 (used to obtain the port names).
30815 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30816 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30817 sensitivity lists.
30820 CODE FIXING:
30821 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30822 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30825 PRINTING:
30826 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30827 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30828 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30829 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30830 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30831 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30832 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30833 printers.
30836 OPTIONS:
30837 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30838 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30839 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30840 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30841 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30843 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30844 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30845 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30846 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30847 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30848 INSTALL file).
30850 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30851 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30854 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30855 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30856 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30857 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30859 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30862 HINTS:
30863 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30864 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30866 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30868 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30870 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30873 RELEASE NOTES:
30874 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30877 Maintenance:
30878 ------------
30880 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30881 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30883 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30885 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30886 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30887 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30888 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30890 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30891 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30892 where the latest version can be found.
30895 Known problems:
30896 ---------------
30898 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30899 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30900 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30901 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30904 The VHDL Mode Authors
30905 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30907 Key bindings:
30908 -------------
30910 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30912 \(fn)" t nil)
30914 ;;;***
30916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30917 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30918 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30920 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30921 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30923 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30925 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30926 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30927 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30928 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30930 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30932 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30933 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30935 \(fn)" t nil)
30937 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30938 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30939 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30940 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30942 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30944 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30945 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30947 \(fn)" t nil)
30949 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30952 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30954 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30957 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30959 ;;;***
30961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30962 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30964 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30965 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30966 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30968 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30970 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30972 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30973 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30975 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30977 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30978 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30980 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30982 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30983 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30984 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30985 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30986 moving around in the buffer.
30987 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30988 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30990 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30992 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30994 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30995 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30996 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30997 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30999 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31000 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31001 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31002 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31003 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31005 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31009 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31010 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31011 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31012 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31013 buffer.
31015 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31016 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31017 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31018 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31019 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31021 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31025 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31026 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31027 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31028 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31029 moving around in the buffer.
31030 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31031 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31033 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31035 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31036 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31037 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31039 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31040 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31041 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31042 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31044 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31045 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31046 own View-like bindings.
31048 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31050 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31051 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31052 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31053 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31054 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31055 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31056 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31058 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31060 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31062 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31063 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31064 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31066 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31067 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31068 own View-like bindings.
31070 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31072 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31073 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31074 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31075 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31076 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31077 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31078 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31080 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31082 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31084 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31085 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31086 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31088 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31089 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31090 own View-like bindings.
31092 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31094 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31095 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31097 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31098 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31100 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31101 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31102 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31103 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31105 \\<view-mode-map>
31107 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31108 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31109 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31110 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31111 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31112 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31113 to a repeat count of one.
31115 H, h, ? This message.
31116 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31117 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31118 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31119 > move to the end of buffer.
31120 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31121 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31122 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31123 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31124 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31125 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31126 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31127 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31128 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31129 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31130 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31131 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31132 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31133 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31134 Use this to view a changing file.
31135 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31136 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31137 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31138 . set the mark.
31139 x exchanges point and mark.
31140 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31141 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31142 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31143 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31144 ' go to position saved in character register.
31145 s do forward incremental search.
31146 r do reverse incremental search.
31147 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31148 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31149 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31150 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31151 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31152 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31153 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31154 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31155 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31156 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31157 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31158 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31159 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31160 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31161 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31162 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31163 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31165 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31166 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31167 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31168 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31169 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31170 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31171 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31172 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31173 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31175 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31179 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31180 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31181 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31182 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31183 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31184 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31185 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31186 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31187 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31189 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31191 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31193 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31194 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31195 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31196 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31197 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31198 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31200 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31201 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31202 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31204 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31206 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31208 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31210 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31211 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31215 ;;;***
31217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31218 ;;;;;; 725000))
31219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31220 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31222 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31223 Toggle Viper on/off.
31224 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31226 \(fn)" t nil)
31228 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31229 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31231 \(fn)" t nil)
31233 ;;;***
31235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21884
31236 ;;;;;; 813 562651 696000))
31237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31239 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31240 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31241 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31242 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31243 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31244 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31245 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31246 the beginning of the warning.")
31248 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31249 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31250 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31251 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31252 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31253 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31254 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31255 also call that function before the next warning.")
31257 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31258 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31260 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31261 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31262 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31263 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31265 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31266 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31267 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31268 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31269 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31270 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31272 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31273 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31274 Default is :warning.
31276 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31277 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31278 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31279 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31280 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31281 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31283 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31284 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31285 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31287 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31289 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31290 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31292 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31294 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31295 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31296 \\<special-mode-map>
31297 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31298 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31300 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31301 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31302 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31303 can be whatever you like.)
31305 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31306 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31308 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31309 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31310 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31311 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31312 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31314 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31316 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31317 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31318 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31319 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31320 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31322 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31324 ;;;***
31326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31327 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31328 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31330 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31331 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31332 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31333 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31334 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31335 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31336 directories to reflect your edits.
31338 See `wdired-mode'.
31340 \(fn)" t nil)
31342 ;;;***
31344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31345 ;;;;;; 720000))
31346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31348 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31349 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31351 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31352 hotlist.
31354 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31355 <nwv@acm.org>.
31357 \(fn)" t nil)
31359 ;;;***
31361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31362 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31364 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31365 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31367 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31369 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31370 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31371 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31374 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31376 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31378 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31379 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31381 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31382 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31384 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31385 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31386 in certain major modes.
31388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31390 ;;;***
31392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21918 18992 845579
31393 ;;;;;; 660000))
31394 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31395 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31400 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31401 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31403 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31404 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31408 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31409 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31411 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31412 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31414 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31415 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31416 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31417 use `whitespace-mode'.
31419 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31423 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31424 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31425 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31428 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31430 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31432 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31433 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31435 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31436 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31438 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31439 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31443 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31444 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31445 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31448 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31450 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31452 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31453 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31455 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31456 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31458 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31459 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31460 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31461 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31463 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31467 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31468 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31470 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31471 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31473 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31474 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31476 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31478 CHAR MEANING
31479 (VIA FACES)
31480 f toggle face visualization
31481 t toggle TAB visualization
31482 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31483 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31484 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31485 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31486 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31487 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31488 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31489 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31490 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31491 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31492 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31493 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31494 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31495 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31496 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31497 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31499 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31500 T toggle TAB visualization
31501 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31502 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31504 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31505 ? display brief help
31507 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31508 The valid symbols are:
31510 face toggle face visualization
31511 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31512 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31513 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31514 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31515 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31516 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31517 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31518 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31519 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31520 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31521 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31522 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31523 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31524 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31525 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31526 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31527 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31529 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31530 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31531 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31533 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31535 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31539 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31540 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31542 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31543 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31545 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31546 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31548 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31550 CHAR MEANING
31551 (VIA FACES)
31552 f toggle face visualization
31553 t toggle TAB visualization
31554 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31555 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31556 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31557 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31558 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31559 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31560 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31561 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31562 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31563 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31564 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31565 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31566 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31567 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31568 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31569 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31571 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31572 T toggle TAB visualization
31573 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31574 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31576 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31577 ? display brief help
31579 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31580 The valid symbols are:
31582 face toggle face visualization
31583 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31584 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31585 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31586 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31587 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31588 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31589 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31590 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31591 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31592 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31593 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31594 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31595 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31596 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31597 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31598 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31599 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31601 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31602 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31603 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31605 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31607 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31611 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31612 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31614 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31615 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31616 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31617 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31618 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31620 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31622 The problems cleaned up are:
31624 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31625 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31626 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31627 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31629 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31631 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31632 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31633 SPACEs.
31634 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31635 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31636 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31637 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31639 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31640 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31641 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31642 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31643 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31644 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31645 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31646 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31648 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31649 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31650 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31652 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31653 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31654 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31655 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31656 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31657 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31658 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31659 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31661 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31662 documentation.
31664 \(fn)" t nil)
31666 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31667 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31669 The problems cleaned up are:
31671 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31672 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31673 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31674 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31675 SPACEs.
31676 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31677 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31678 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31679 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31681 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31682 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31683 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31684 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31685 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31686 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31687 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31688 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31690 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31691 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31692 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31694 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31695 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31696 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31697 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31698 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31699 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31700 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31701 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31703 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31704 documentation.
31706 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31708 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31709 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31711 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31713 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31715 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31716 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31718 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31719 non-nil.
31721 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31722 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31723 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31725 empty
31726 trailing
31727 indentation
31728 space-before-tab
31729 space-after-tab
31731 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31732 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31733 report problems.
31735 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31737 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31738 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31739 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31740 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31741 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31742 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31743 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31745 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31746 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31747 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31748 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31749 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31750 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31751 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31753 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31754 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31755 cleaning up these problems.
31757 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31759 ;;;***
31761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31762 ;;;;;; 586000))
31763 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31765 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31766 Browse the widget under point.
31768 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31770 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31771 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31773 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31775 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31776 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31778 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31780 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31781 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31783 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31784 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31788 ;;;***
31790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21891 60465 939679
31791 ;;;;;; 523000))
31792 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31794 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31795 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31797 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31799 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31800 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31801 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31803 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31805 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31806 Create widget of TYPE.
31807 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31809 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31811 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31812 Delete WIDGET.
31814 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31816 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31817 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31819 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31821 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31822 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31823 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31824 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31826 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31827 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31829 \(fn)" nil nil)
31831 ;;;***
31833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31834 ;;;;;; 703000))
31835 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31837 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31838 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31839 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31840 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31841 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31842 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31843 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31847 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31848 Select the window above the current one.
31849 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31850 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31851 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31852 negative ARG) of the current window.
31853 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31857 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31858 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31859 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31860 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31861 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31862 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31863 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31867 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31868 Select the window below the current one.
31869 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31870 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31871 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31872 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31873 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31877 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31878 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31879 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31880 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31882 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31884 ;;;***
31886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31887 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31889 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31890 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31891 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31894 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31896 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31898 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31899 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31903 \\{winner-mode-map}
31905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31907 ;;;***
31909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21855 577 547944 710000))
31910 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31911 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31913 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31914 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31915 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31916 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31917 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31919 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31921 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31922 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31923 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31924 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31925 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31926 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31927 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31928 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31930 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31931 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31933 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31935 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31936 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31938 \(fn)" t nil)
31940 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31941 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31942 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31943 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31944 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31945 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31946 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31947 `woman' command for further details.
31949 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31951 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31952 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31954 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31956 ;;;***
31958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31959 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31961 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31962 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31963 Return the top node with all its children.
31964 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31966 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31967 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31968 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31970 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31972 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31973 namespace to URIs instead.
31975 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31976 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31978 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31980 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31982 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31984 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31985 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31986 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31987 not contain well-formed XML.
31989 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31990 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31991 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31992 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31993 element of the list.
31994 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31995 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31996 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31998 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32000 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32001 namespace to URIs instead.
32003 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32004 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32006 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32008 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32010 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32012 ;;;***
32014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32015 ;;;;;; 720000))
32016 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32018 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32019 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32020 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32021 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32022 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32023 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32024 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32025 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32026 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32027 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32029 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32031 ;;;***
32033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21947 19252 629252
32034 ;;;;;; 749000))
32035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32037 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32038 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32040 \(fn)" t nil)
32042 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32043 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32045 \(fn)" nil nil)
32047 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32048 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32049 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32050 prompt for it.
32052 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32054 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32055 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32057 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32059 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32060 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32062 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32064 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32065 Find references to the identifier at point.
32066 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32068 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32070 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32071 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32072 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
32073 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
32075 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32077 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32078 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32079 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32081 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32082 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32083 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32084 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32085 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32086 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32087 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32089 ;;;***
32091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32092 ;;;;;; 951000))
32093 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32095 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32096 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32097 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32100 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32102 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32104 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32105 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32107 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32108 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32110 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32111 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32112 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32113 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32114 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32115 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32119 ;;;***
32121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32124 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32125 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32127 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32129 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32130 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32132 \(fn)" nil nil)
32134 ;;;***
32136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32139 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32140 Zone out, completely.
32142 \(fn)" t nil)
32144 ;;;***
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21948 40114 418686 453000))
32362 ;;;***
32364 (provide 'loaddefs)
32365 ;; Local Variables:
32366 ;; version-control: never
32367 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32368 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32369 ;; coding: utf-8
32370 ;; End:
32371 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here